Document:

Indenture dated as of Jan. 18,2005

 Exhibit 4.1 
  
 EXECUTION COPY 
  

  
 WARNER CHILCOTT CORPORATION,

 as the Issuer 
  
 the Guarantors named herein 
  
 and 
  
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee 
  

  
 INDENTURE 
  

  
 Dated as of January 18, 2005 
  

  
 83⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

			
	 TIA
Section

	  	Indenture Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.08; 7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.08; 7.10; 12.02
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	12.03
	       (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.06
	       (c)
	  	7.06; 12.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.06; 4.17
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(1)
	  	7.02; 12.04; 12.05
	       (c)(2)
	  	7.02; 12.04; 12.05
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (d)
	  	N.A.
	       (e)
	  	12.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	       (b)
	  	7.05
	       (c)
	  	7.01
	       (d)
	  	6.05; 7.01(c)
	       (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)
	  	9.02
	       (b)
	  	6.07
	       (c)
	  	9.05
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	       (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01
	       (c)
	  	12.01

 N.A. means Not Applicable 
  
 Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the
Indenture. 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	 	 	  	Page

	 ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	1
			
	 SECTION 1.01.
	 	 Definitions
	  	1
	 SECTION 1.02.
	 	 Other Definitions
	  	32
	 SECTION 1.03.
	 	 Incorporation by Reference of TIA
	  	34
	 SECTION 1.04.
	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	35
		
	 ARTICLE TWO THE NOTES
	  	36
			
	 SECTION 2.01.
	 	 Form, Dating and Terms
	  	36
	 SECTION 2.02.
	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	41
	 SECTION 2.03.
	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	42
	 SECTION 2.04.
	 	 Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust
	  	43
	 SECTION 2.05.
	 	 Holder Lists
	  	43
	 SECTION 2.06.
	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	43
	 SECTION 2.07.
	 	 Replacement Notes
	  	47
	 SECTION 2.08.
	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  	47
	 SECTION 2.09.
	 	 Treasury Notes
	  	47
	 SECTION 2.10.
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	48
	 SECTION 2.11.
	 	 Cancellation
	  	48
	 SECTION 2.12.
	 	 Defaulted Interest
	  	48
	 SECTION 2.13.
	 	 CUSIP, ISIN and “Common Code” Numbers
	  	49
	 SECTION 2.14.
	 	 Deposit of Moneys
	  	49
	 SECTION 2.15.
	 	 Computation of Interest
	  	49
	 SECTION 2.16.
	 	 Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes
	  	49
		
	 ARTICLE THREE REDEMPTION
	  	50
			
	 SECTION 3.01.
	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  	50
	 SECTION 3.02.
	 	 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed
	  	50
	 SECTION 3.03.
	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	50
	 SECTION 3.04.
	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	51
	 SECTION 3.05.
	 	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	52
	 SECTION 3.06.
	 	 Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	52
		
	 ARTICLE FOUR COVENANTS
	  	52
			
	 SECTION 4.01.
	 	 Payment of Notes
	  	52
	 SECTION 4.02.
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	52
	 SECTION 4.03.
	 	 Corporate Existence
	  	53
	 SECTION 4.04.
	 	 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
	  	53
	 SECTION 4.05.
	 	 Maintenance of Properties and Insurance
	  	53
	 SECTION 4.06.
	 	 Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default
	  	54
	 SECTION 4.07.
	 	 Compliance with Laws
	  	54

  

 i 

					
	 	 	 	  	Page

	 SECTION 4.08.
	 	 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
	  	54
	 SECTION 4.09.
	 	 Change of Control
	  	55
	 SECTION 4.10.
	 	 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
	  	57
	 SECTION 4.11.
	 	 Restricted Payments
	  	62
	 SECTION 4.12.
	 	 Liens
	  	69
	 SECTION 4.13.
	 	 Asset Sales
	  	69
	 SECTION 4.14.
	 	 Transactions with Affiliates
	  	73
	 SECTION 4.15.
	 	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	  	75
	 SECTION 4.16.
	 	 Additional Guarantees
	  	77
	 SECTION 4.17.
	 	 Reports to Holders
	  	77
	 SECTION 4.18.
	 	 Limitation on Layering
	  	78
	 SECTION 4.19.
	 	 Business Activities
	  	78
	 SECTION 4.20.
	 	 Payments for Consent
	  	79
		
	 ARTICLE FIVE SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
	  	79
			
	 SECTION 5.01.
	 	 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets
	  	79
		
	 ARTICLE SIX DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
	  	80
			
	 SECTION 6.01.
	 	 Events of Default
	  	80
	 SECTION 6.02.
	 	 Acceleration
	  	82
	 SECTION 6.03.
	 	 Other Remedies
	  	83
	 SECTION 6.04.
	 	 Waiver of Defaults
	  	84
	 SECTION 6.05.
	 	 Control by Majority
	  	84
	 SECTION 6.06.
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	84
	 SECTION 6.07.
	 	 Rights of Holders To Receive Payment
	  	85
	 SECTION 6.08.
	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	85
	 SECTION 6.09.
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	85
	 SECTION 6.10.
	 	 Priorities
	  	85
	 SECTION 6.11.
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	86
		
	 ARTICLE SEVEN TRUSTEE
	  	86
			
	 SECTION 7.01.
	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	86
	 SECTION 7.02.
	 	 Rights of Trustee
	  	87
	 SECTION 7.03.
	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	89
	 SECTION 7.04.
	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	89
	 SECTION 7.05.
	 	 Notice of Default
	  	89
	 SECTION 7.06.
	 	 Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	89
	 SECTION 7.07.
	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	90
	 SECTION 7.08.
	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	91
	 SECTION 7.09.
	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
	  	92
	 SECTION 7.10.
	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	92
	 SECTION 7.11.
	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer
	  	92

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	 	 	  	Page

	 ARTICLE EIGHT DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
	  	93
			
	 SECTION 8.01.
	 	 Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations
	  	93
	 SECTION 8.02.
	 	 Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
	  	94
	 SECTION 8.03.
	 	 Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	95
	 SECTION 8.04.
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	96
	 SECTION 8.05.
	 	 Repayment to the Issuer
	  	97
	 SECTION 8.06.
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	97
		
	 ARTICLE NINE AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
	  	98
			
	 SECTION 9.01.
	 	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	98
	 SECTION 9.02.
	 	 With Consent of Holders
	  	98
	 SECTION 9.03.
	 	 Effect on Senior Debt
	  	100
	 SECTION 9.04.
	 	 Compliance with TIA
	  	100
	 SECTION 9.05.
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	100
	 SECTION 9.06.
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	101
	 SECTION 9.07.
	 	 Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.
	  	101
		
	 ARTICLE TEN SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES
	  	101
			
	 SECTION 10.01.
	 	 Notes Subordinated to Senior Debt
	  	101
	 SECTION 10.02.
	 	 Suspension of Payment When Designated Senior Debt Is in Default
	  	102
	 SECTION 10.03.
	 	 Notes Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Debt on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of the Issuer
	  	103
	 SECTION 10.04.
	 	 Payments May Be Made Prior to Dissolution
	  	105
	 SECTION 10.05.
	 	 Holders To Be Subrogated to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt
	  	105
	 SECTION 10.06.
	 	 Obligations of the Issuer Unconditional
	  	105
	 SECTION 10.07.
	 	 Notice to Trustee
	  	106
	 SECTION 10.08.
	 	 Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent
	  	106
	 SECTION 10.09.
	 	 Trustee’s Relation to Senior Debt
	  	107
	 SECTION 10.10.
	 	 Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Issuer or Holders of Senior Debt
	  	107
	 SECTION 10.11.
	 	 Noteholders Authorize Trustee To Effectuate Subordination of Notes
	  	107
	 SECTION 10.12.
	 	 This Article Ten Not To Prevent Events of Default
	  	108
	 SECTION 10.13.
	 	 Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced
	  	108
		
	 ARTICLE ELEVEN GUARANTEES
	  	108
			
	 SECTION 11.01.
	 	 Unconditional Guarantee
	  	108
	 SECTION 11.02.
	 	 Subordination of Guarantee
	  	109
	 SECTION 11.03.
	 	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	110
	 SECTION 11.04.
	 	 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee for Future Guarantors
	  	110
	 SECTION 11.05.
	 	 Release of a Guarantor; Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets of a Guarantor
	  	111
	 SECTION 11.06.
	 	 Waiver of Subrogation
	  	112
	 SECTION 11.07.
	 	 Immediate Payment
	  	112

  

 -iii- 

					
	 	 	 	  	Page

	 SECTION 11.08.
	 	 No Setoff
	  	113
	 SECTION 11.09.
	 	 Guarantee Obligations Absolute
	  	113
	 SECTION 11.10.
	 	 Guarantee Obligations Continuing
	  	113
	 SECTION 11.11.
	 	 Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced
	  	113
	 SECTION 11.12.
	 	 Guarantee Obligations Reinstated
	  	113
	 SECTION 11.13.
	 	 Guarantee Obligations Not Affected
	  	114
	 SECTION 11.14.
	 	 Waiver
	  	115
	 SECTION 11.15.
	 	 No Obligation To Take Action Against the Issuer
	  	115
	 SECTION 11.16.
	 	 Dealing with the Issuer and Others
	  	115
	 SECTION 11.17.
	 	 Default and Enforcement
	  	116
	 SECTION 11.18.
	 	 Amendment, Etc.
	  	116
	 SECTION 11.19.
	 	 Acknowledgment
	  	116
	 SECTION 11.20.
	 	 Costs and Expenses
	  	116
	 SECTION 11.21.
	 	 No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
	  	116
	 SECTION 11.22.
	 	 Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations
	  	116
	 SECTION 11.23.
	 	 Severability
	  	117
	 SECTION 11.24.
	 	 Successors and Assigns
	  	117
	 SECTION 11.25.
	 	 Additional Amounts
	  	117
		
	 ARTICLE TWELVE MISCELLANEOUS
	  	118
			
	 SECTION 12.01.
	 	 TIA Controls
	  	118
	 SECTION 12.02.
	 	 Notices
	  	118
	 SECTION 12.03.
	 	 Communications by Holders with Other Holders
	  	119
	 SECTION 12.04.
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	119
	 SECTION 12.05.
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	120
	 SECTION 12.06.
	 	 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar
	  	120
	 SECTION 12.07.
	 	 Legal Holidays
	  	120
	 SECTION 12.08.
	 	 Governing Law
	  	120
	 SECTION 12.09.
	 	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	120
	 SECTION 12.10.
	 	 No Recourse Against Others
	  	121
	 SECTION 12.11.
	 	 Successors
	  	121
	 SECTION 12.12.
	 	 Duplicate Originals
	  	121
	 SECTION 12.13.
	 	 Severability
	  	121
		
	 Signatures
	  	S-1

  
 EXHIBITS 
  

							
				
	Exhibit A	 	-	  	 Form of Initial Note
	  	A-1
	 Exhibit B
	 	 -
	  	 Form of Legend for Rule 144A Notes and Other Notes That Are Restricted Notes
	  	B-1
	 Exhibit C
	 	 -
	  	 Form of Legend for Regulation S Note
	  	C-1
	 Exhibit D
	 	 -
	  	 Form of Legend for Global Note
	  	D-1
	 Exhibit E
	 	 -
	  	 Form of Non-Distribution Letter for Institutional Accredited Investors
	  	E-1

  

 -iv- 

							
	 	  	 	  	 	  	Page

	 Exhibit F
	  	 -
	  	 Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S
	  	F-1
	 Exhibit G
	  	 -
	  	 Form of Indenture Supplement to add Notes Guarantor
	  	G-1
	 Exhibit H
	  	 -
	  	 Guarantors
	  	H-1

  
 Note: This Table of Contents shall
not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture. 
  

 -v- 

 INDENTURE dated as of January 18, 2005 between Warner Chilcott Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the
“Issuer”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
  
 For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, each party hereto covenants and agrees as follows for the
benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders of (i) the Issuer’s 83⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, issued on the date hereof and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantors (the “Initial
Notes”), (ii) if and when issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, an unlimited principal amount of additional 83⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 in a non-registered offering or 83⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2015 in a registered offering of the Issuer, and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantors that may be offered from time to time subsequent to the Issue Date (the “Additional Notes”) and (iii) if and when issued in accordance with
the terms of this Indenture, the Issuer’s 83⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantors that may be issued from time to time in exchange for Initial Notes or any Additional Notes in an offer registered
under the Securities Act as provided in a Registration Rights Agreement (as hereinafter defined, the “Exchange Notes,” and together with the Initial Notes and Additional Notes, the “Notes”). 
  
 ARTICLE ONE 
  
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
  
 SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 
  

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture. 
  
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
  
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time
such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized
in connection with, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and 
  
 (2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 
  
 “Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Advisory Services and
Monitoring Agreement” means the Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement dated as of January 18, 2005, by and among Warner Chilcott Holdings Company III, Limited, Warner Chilcott Company, Inc., the Issuer and Affiliates of each of the
Sponsors, as in effect on the Issue Date. 
  

 A-1 

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled
by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar. 
  
 “amend” means amend, modify, supplement, restate or amend and restate, including successively; and “amending” and “amended” have correlative meanings. 
  
 “asset” means any asset or property, whether real, personal
or other, tangible or intangible. 
  
 “Asset
Sale” means (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback) of Holdings or any Restricted
Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case,
other than: 
  
 (1) a disposition of Cash
Equivalents or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the
business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (2) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture; 
  
 (3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted
Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.11 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 4.12; 
  
 (4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of
transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $10.0 million; 
  
 (5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense
of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 
  

 -2- 

 (7) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an
Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries made pursuant to clause (10) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”); 
  
 (8) foreclosures on assets; 
  
 (9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

  
 (10) sales of Securitization Assets and
related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing; and 
  
 (11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets
of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing. 
  
 “Bank Indebtedness” means all Obligations pursuant to the
Credit Agreement. 
  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means
Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors. 
  
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person”
(as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other
securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial
Ownership” have a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means: 
  
 (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation; 
  
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and 
  
 (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee
of such Person serving a similar function. 
  
 “Board
Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof) of such
Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are
required or authorized by law or other governmental action to be closed. 
  

 -3- 

 “Capital Stock” means: 
  
 (1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock; 
  
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any
and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock; 
  
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

  
 (4) any other interest or participation that
confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
  
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a
capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the
Issuer, Holdings or any other Guarantor described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.” 
  
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
  
 (1) U.S. dollars or, in the case of Holdings or any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary
course of business; 
  
 (2) securities issued or
directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Union whose legal tender is the euro having maturities of
not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition; 
  
 (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in
each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250 million; 
  
 (4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial
institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
  
 (5) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least A-1 from Moody’s or P-1 from S&P; 
  
 (6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political
subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories 

  

 -4- 

 
obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition; 
  
 (7) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses
(1) to (6) above denominated in euro or pounds sterling or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the
United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction; and 
  
 (8) investment in funds which invest substantially all of their assets in Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through
(7) of this definition. 
  
 “Change of Control”
means the occurrence of any of the following: 
  
 (1) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, to any Person other than to a Permitted Holder; 
  
 (2) Holdings becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted
Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the
Voting Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent entities; or 
  
 (3) the first day on which the majority of the Board of Directors of either Holdings or the Company then in office shall cease to consist of individuals who (i) were members of such Board of Directors on the Issue
Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by such Board of Directors, a majority of whom were directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors or who were
designated or appointed pursuant to clause (y) below, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder (each of the directors selected pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii), “Continuing Directors”); or 
  
 (4) the failure at any time by Holdings to Beneficially Own,
directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer. 
  
 “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect on the
Issue Date, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor. 
  

 -5- 

 “Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means,
with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or
reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any
Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including amortization of original issue discount, interest payable with respect to
Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting)), commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’
acceptance financing, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding amortization of deferred financing fees or expensing of any bridge or other financing
fees, in each case, relating to the Specified Financings and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income actually received in cash for such
period; provided, however, that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that 
  
 (1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains or losses (including severance, relocation, transition and other
restructuring costs and litigation settlements or losses) shall be excluded; 
  
 (2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period; 
  
 (3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course
of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings) and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person shall be excluded; 
  
 (4) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not
a Subsidiary of such Person, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of such Person
shall be (A) increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period (subject, in the case
of dividends paid or distributions made to a Restricted 

  

 -6- 

 
Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor), to the limitations contained in clause (5) below) and (B) decreased by the amount of any equity of Holdings in a net
loss of any such Person for such period to the extent Holdings has funded such net loss; 
  
 (5) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for payments under Section 4.11(a)(3), the Net Income for such
period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without
any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to
that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be, subject to
the exclusion contained in clause (3) above, increased by the amount of dividends or similar distributions that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (subject to the
provisions of this clause (5)) in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein; 
  
 (6) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other
equity-incentive programs, shall be excluded; 
  
 (7) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness shall be excluded; and 
  
 (8) the effect of any non-cash items resulting from any amortization, write-up, write-down or write-off of
assets (including intangible assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs but excluding inventory) in connection with the Transactions or any future acquisition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction (excluding any such non-cash item to the
extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period except to the extent such item is subsequently reversed) shall be excluded. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.11 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net
Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments made by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any
repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments made by Holdings and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each
case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(D) of Section 4.11(a). 
  
 “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other
obligations that do not constitute 

  

 -7- 

 
Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or
indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or
payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services
primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 
  
 “Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer
or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Issuer or such Guarantor after the Issue Date; provided that
such Contribution Indebtedness: 
  
 (1) if the
aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than one times such cash contributions to the capital of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, the amount of such excess shall be (A)(x) Subordinated Indebtedness (other
than Secured Indebtedness) or (y) Senior Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) and (B) Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and 
  
 (2) (a) is incurred within 180 days after the making of such
cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date of the incurrence thereof. 
  
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at 213 Court Street, Suite 703, Middletown, CT 06457,
Attention: Corporate Trust Department, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered. 
  
 “Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement,
dated as of January 18, 2005, among Holdings, the Issuer, Warner Chilcott Company, Inc, Credit Suisse First Boston, as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments
and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new
lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity
thereof; provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.10. 
  
 “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of
time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
  

 -8- 

 “Deferred Product Payments” means the deferred product payments in respect of the
Dovonex or Dovobet acquisitions. 
  
 “Designated Non-cash
Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an
Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
  
 “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of
Holdings or any direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any
of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section
4.11(a). 
  
 “Designated Senior Debt” means:

  
 (1) any Bank Indebtedness that constitutes
Senior Debt; and 
  
 (2) any other Senior Debt
permitted under this Indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by Holdings in the instrument evidencing that Senior Debt as “Designated Senior Debt.” 
  
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any
Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a
result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case
prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of
Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy
applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 
  
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that was formed under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia and Warner
Chilcott Company, Inc., a Puerto Rican corporation. 
  
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings that was formed under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia and Warner Chilcott Company, Inc., a
Puerto Rican corporation. 
  
 “EBITDA” means,
with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, 
  

 -9- 

 (1) the provision for taxes based on income or profits, plus franchise or similar taxes,
of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus 
  
 (2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net
Income, plus 
  
 (3) Consolidated Depreciation
and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus 
  
 (4) any reasonable expenses or charges incurred in connection with any Equity Offering, Permitted
Investment, acquisition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture (in each case whether or not consummated) or the Transactions (including the fees payable to the Sponsors pursuant to the Advisory Services and
Monitoring Agreement in connection with the Transactions) and, in each case, deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus 
  
 (5) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems
establishment costs, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees) deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus 

 
 (6) any other non-cash charges (including any impairment
charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including the amortization of inventory step-up) reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for cash expenditure for a future
period), plus 
  
 (7) any net gain or loss
resulting from Hedging Obligations relating to currency exchange risk, plus 
  
 (8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees, termination payments and related expenses paid to the Sponsors (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period
pursuant to the Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement, plus 
  
 (9) Securitization Fees to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus 
  
 (10) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued
operations, less 
  
 (11) noncash items
increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges made in any prior period). 
  

 -10- 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the
depreciation and amortization and non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion, including by reason of minority
interests) that the net income or loss of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to Holdings by such
Restricted Subsidiary without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or would not be restricted from being so dividended, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument,
judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived.

  
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and
all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
  

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect
parent corporations (excluding Disqualified Stock of Holdings), other than (i) public offerings with respect to common stock of Holdings or of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8, (ii) any such public
or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution and (iii) an issuance to any Subsidiary of Holdings. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries from: 
  
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

  
 (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or
to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of Holdings or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock), 
  
 in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate
on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.11(a). 
  
 “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Holdings and
its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture. 
  

 -11- 

 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period
consisting of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person
for such period. In the event that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or repays any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving
pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
period and as if Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of such cash used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness. 
  
 If Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (as
determined in accordance with GAAP) have been made by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, then the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA
resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. 
  
 If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made
any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if
such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
  
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation
(including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of Holdings and shall comply with the
requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission, except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma
effect that (A) have been realized or (B) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction) or (C) for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within
the six month period following such transaction and, in each case, including (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d)
reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead, provided that, in each case, such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by Holdings’ chief financial officer and another
Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) in the 

  

 -12- 

 
case of items (B) or (C) above, that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such
Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to the Indenture. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect,
the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if the related
hedge has a remaining term in excess of twelve months). 
  
 Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at the interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Holdings to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease
Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance
of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed
to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as Holdings may designate. 
  
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense
(excluding all non-cash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount, in each case, in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to Existing
Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred
Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries and (c) all cash dividends paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person and its
Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any
Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Domestic Subsidiary. 
  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States in effect on the date of this Indenture. For purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such
Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business,
direct or indirect, in any manner including through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. When used as a verb, “guarantee” shall have a
corresponding meaning. 
  

 -13- 

 “Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture
and the Notes by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Guarantor” means any Person that incurs a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that upon the release
and discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor. On the Issue Date the Guarantors shall be Holdings, Luxco, Warner Chilcott Company, Inc., a Puerto Rican corporation, and
Warner Chilcott (US), Inc., a Delaware corporation. 
  
 “Guarantor Senior Debt” means, with respect to any Guarantor, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in
the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness and any Securitization Repurchase Obligation of such Guarantor, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or
thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular obligation, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligation shall be subordinate or
pari passu in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Guarantor Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest
accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in
respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations): 
  
 (1) all monetary obligations of every nature of such Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of
credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and 
  
 (2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof), in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred. 
  

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Guarantor Senior Debt” shall not include: 
  
 (1) any Indebtedness of such Guarantor to Holdings or a Subsidiary of Holdings (other than any
Securitization Repurchase Obligation); 
  
 (2)
Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of such Guarantor, Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings (including amounts owed for compensation), other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement;

  
 (3) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other
amounts incurred in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities); 
  
 (4) Indebtedness represented by Capital Stock; 
  

 -14- 

 (5) any liability for federal, foreign, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such
Guarantor; 
  
 (6) that portion of any
Indebtedness incurred in violation of Section 4.10 or Section 4.18; 
  
 (7) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is
without recourse to such Guarantor; and 
  
 (8)
any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Guarantor. 
  
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under: 
  
 (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap
agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and 
  
 (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or
commodity prices. 
  
 “Holdings” means Warner
Chilcott Holdings Company III, Limited, a company organized under the laws of Bermuda. 
  
 “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the registered holder of any Note. 
  
 “Implementation Agreement” means the Implementation Agreement, dated October 27, 2004, as amended and restated on November 9, 2004 and
November 16, 2004, among Bain Capital Partners LLC, DLJMB Overseas Partners III, C.V., J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P., Thomas H. Lee (Alternative) Fund V, L.P., Warner Chilcott Acquisition Limited (formerly known as Waren Acquisition Limited) and
Chilcott UK Limited (formerly known as Warner Chilcott PLC). 
  
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, 
  
 (a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
  
 (i) in respect of borrowed money, 
  
 (ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements
in respect thereof), 
  
 (iii) representing the
deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except any such 

  

 -15- 

 
balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business or 
  
 (iv) representing any Hedging Obligations, 
  
 if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and
Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, 
  
 (b) Disqualified Stock of such Person, 
  
 (c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise,
on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), and 
  
 (d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or
not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); 
  
 provided,
however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness. 
  
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time in accordance with
the terms hereof. 
  
 “Independent Financial
Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in a Permitted Business of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of Holdings,
qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 
  
 “Initial Purchasers” means Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and such other initial purchasers party to the purchase
agreement entered into in connection with the offer and sale of the Initial Notes. 
  
 “Interest Payment Date” means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes. 
  
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including
Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use
of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for
consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such 

  

 -16- 

 
Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other
property. If Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a
Subsidiary of Holdings, Holdings shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as
provided in Section 4.11. 
  
 For purposes of the
definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.11, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a
Subsidiary of Holdings at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings shall be deemed to continue to have
a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) Holdings’ “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to Holdings’
equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the
time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings; and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date ceasing to be a
Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned
by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer. 
  
 “Issue Date” means January 18, 2005. 
  
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise
perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any
financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
  
 “Luxco” means Warner Chilcott Intermediate (Luxembourg)
S.à r.l., a company organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. 
  
 “Maturity Date” means February 1, 2015. 
  
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating business. 
  
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any
reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock. 
  

 -17- 

 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by Holdings or any Restricted
Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, in each case net of, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after
taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be
provided by Holdings as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by Holdings after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post
employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. 
  
 “Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor. 
  
 “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” means any
Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially owned joint venture) the production, acquisition or development of Products produced, acquired or developed
after the Issue Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition or development of any such Product or secured by a Lien on any such Product prior to the production, acquisition or development thereof) where
the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product revenues generated by such Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is unsecured, except for Liens over such Product or revenues and such
rights, and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness. “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” excludes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Products where the proceeds
are used for any other purposes. 
  
 “Non-U.S.
Person” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation S. 
  
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of
payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Offering Circular” means the confidential offering circular of the Issuer dated January 13, 2005 relating
to the Notes. 
  
 “Officer” means the Chairman of
the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer, or Holdings, as applicable. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on
behalf of the Issuer, or Holdings, as applicable, by two Officers of the Issuer, or Holdings, as applicable, one of whom is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal 

  

 -18- 

 
accounting officer of the Issuer, or Holdings, as applicable, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture. 
  
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal
counsel (which may be subject to customary exceptions) who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, a Guarantor or the Trustee. 
  
 “Permitted Asset Swap” means any transfer of property or assets by Holdings or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in which at least 90% of the consideration received by the transferor consists of properties or assets (other than cash) that shall be used in a Permitted Business; provided that the aggregate fair market value of the property or
assets being transferred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary is not greater than the aggregate fair market value of the property or assets received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in such exchange (provided, however,
that in the event such aggregate fair market value of the property or assets being transferred or received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary is (x) less than $30.0 million, such determination shall be made in good faith by the Board of
Directors of Holdings and (y) greater than or equal to $30.0 million, such determination shall be made by an Independent Financial Advisor). 
  
 “Permitted Business” means the business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar to, any line
of business engaged in by Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto. 
  
 “Permitted Debt” is defined as in Section 4.10(b).

  
 “Permitted Holders” means (i) each of the
Sponsors and their respective Affiliates, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the Sponsors, (ii) Officers, provided that if such Officers beneficially own more shares of Voting Stock of Holdings or any of its direct
or indirect parent entities than the number of such shares beneficially owned by all the Officers as of the Issue Date or acquired by Officers within 90 days immediately following the Issue Date, such excess shall be deemed not to be beneficially
owned by Permitted Holders, and (iii) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members, provided that in the case of
such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group”, such Sponsors, Affiliates and Officers (subject, in the case of Officers, to the foregoing limitation), collectively, have
beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group”. 
  
 “Permitted Investments” means 
  
 (1) any Investment by Holdings in any Restricted Subsidiary
or by a Restricted Subsidiary in another Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents; 
  

 -19- 

 (3) any Investment by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings in a Person that
is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale
made pursuant to Section 4.13 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 
  
 (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof, provided that the
amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture; 
  
 (6) loans and advances to employees and any guarantees made in the ordinary course of business, but in any
event not in excess of $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time; 
  
 (7) any Investment acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held
by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (B) as a result of a foreclosure by
Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
  
 (8) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” in Section 4.10(b); 

 
 (9) loans and advances to officers, directors and
employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (10) any Investment by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business having an aggregate fair market value, when taken
together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable
securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) $100.0 million plus or minus, as applicable, an amount equal to 7% of Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) from January 1, 2005 to
the end of Holdings’ fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the date on which such Investment is made (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

  

 -20- 

 (11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of
its direct or indirect parent corporations (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); 
  
 (12) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.10 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice; 
  
 (13) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements
with other Persons; and 
  
 (14) any Investment
in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements
governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization
Assets or an equity interest. 
  
 “Permitted Junior
Securities” means: 
  
 (1) Equity
Interests in the Issuer, Holdings, any other Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings issued pursuant to a plan of reorganization or readjustment; or 
  
 (2) unsecured debt securities of the Issuer or Holdings issued pursuant to a plan of reorganization or
readjustment that are subordinated to all Senior Debt or, as applicable, Guarantor Senior Debt of Holdings (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt or such Guarantor Senior Debt) to substantially the same extent as, or to a
greater extent than, the Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt under this Indenture; 
  
 provided that to the extent that any Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, as the case may be, outstanding on the date of consummation of any such plan of reorganization or readjustment is not paid in full in
cash on such date, the holders of any such Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt not so paid in full in cash have consented to the terms of such plan of reorganization or readjustment. 
  
 “Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens: 
  
 (1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the
ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party; 
  
 (2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other
regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent
with past practice; 
  

 -21- 

 (3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person
becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (4) Liens on property at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any
acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any
portion of the funds or credit support utilized for, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (5) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the
related Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and is secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation; 
  
 (6) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of
bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 
  
 (7) Liens in favor of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (8) Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to
refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien existing on the Issue Date or referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition; provided, however, that such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Holders of the
Notes, taken as a whole, and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of Holdings or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced; 
  
 (9) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing; 
  
 (10) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental
charges or levies not yet delinquent, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted or for property taxes on property that Holdings or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to
abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property; 
  
 (11) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any
appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not 

  

 -22- 

 
been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 
  
 (12) pledges, deposits or security under workmen’s
compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory
obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case
incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 
  
 (13) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or if more than 30 days
overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; 
  
 (14) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations
of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar
encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in
the operation of the business; 
  
 (15) leases,
licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not (x) interfere in any material respect with the business of Holdings or any of its material Restricted Subsidiaries (including the Issuer) or (y)
secure any Indebtedness; 
  
 (16) the rights
reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or
to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof; 
  
 (17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a
depositary institution, provided that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of those set forth by regulations
promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution; 
  

 -23- 

 (18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding
operating leases or consignments entered into by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (19) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value
(valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $10.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person;
provided, however, that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach
concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time
extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to
other financings of equipment provided by such lender; 
  
 (20) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the
ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; 
  
 (21) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits
and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 
  
 (22) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations
with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary
course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (23) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by
Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture; 
  
 (24) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted
Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 4.10; and 
  

 -24- 

 (25) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred
pursuant to clause (22) of the definition of Permitted Debt in Section 4.10, which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the items of
Product produced, acquired or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness. 
  
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

  
 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest
with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. 
  
 “Product” means any product developed, acquired, produced, marketed or promoted by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the conduct of a Permitted Business. 
  
 “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a
Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, issued by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to such Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to
finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii)
amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in
clause (a). 
  
 “Qualified Institutional Buyer”
or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business;
provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith, except that in the event the value of any such assets or Capital Stock exceeds $25.0 million, the
fair market value thereof shall be determined by an Independent Financial Advisor. 
  
 “Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of Holdings shall have determined
in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to Holdings and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all
sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by Holdings) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof
shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by Holdings) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a
Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and any 

  

 -25- 

 
refinancing indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing. 
  
 “Record Date” means the applicable Record Date specified in
the Notes; provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall be the first day immediately preceding such specified day that is a Business Day. 
  
 “Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such
redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes. 
  
 “Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes. 
  
 “refinance” means to extend, refinance, renew, replace,
defease or refund, including successively; and “refinancing” and “refinanced” shall have correlative meanings. 
  
 “Registered Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration
Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date between the Issuer, the Guarantors and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as representatives of the Initial Purchasers. 
  
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

  
 “Representative” means the trustee, agent or
representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Debt; provided that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the
holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Debt. 
  
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such
officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
  
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment, other than a Permitted Investment or an Investment made
pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(10). 
  
 “Restricted
Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings (including the Issuer and any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 
  

 -26- 

 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating business. 
  
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable or other revenue streams from Products subject to a
Qualified Securitization Financing. 
  
 “Securitization
Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in
connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing. 
  
 “Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise
transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any
Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other
obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization
transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by Holdings or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets. 
  
 “Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a
Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted
defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. 
  
 “Securitization Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (or another Person formed for the
purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in
no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or
activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations
(contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and 

  

 -27- 

 
interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings
in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other
than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Holdings reasonably believes to
be no less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings and (e) to which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain
or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with
the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

  
 “Senior Debt” means the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim
under applicable law) on any Indebtedness and any Securitization Repurchase Obligation of the Issuer, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular obligation, the instrument
creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligation shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
“Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether
or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations): 
  
 (1) all monetary obligations of every nature of the Issuer under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement,
including obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and 
  
 (2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof), 
  
 in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall not include:

  
 (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer to
Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (other than any Securitization Repurchase Obligation); 
  
 (2) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Issuer, Holdings or any other
Subsidiary of Holdings 

  

 -28- 

 
(including amounts owed for compensation), other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement; 
  
 (3) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other amounts incurred in connection with obtaining goods, materials
or services (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities); 
  
 (4) Indebtedness represented by Capital Stock; 
  

(5) any liability for federal, foreign, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Issuer; 
  
 (6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation
of Section 4.10 or 4.18; 
  
 (7)
Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to the Issuer; and 
  
 (8) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other
Indebtedness of the Issuer. 
  
 “Senior Subordinated
Indebtedness” means the Notes (in the case of the Issuer), a Guarantee (in the case of a Guarantor) and any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with
the Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of the Issuer or such Guarantor which is not Senior Debt (in the case of the
Issuer) or Guarantor Senior Debt (in the case of a Guarantor). 
  
 “Shareholders Agreement” means the Shareholders Agreement dated as of January 18, 2005, by and among Warner Chilcott Holdings Company, Limited, Warner Chilcott Holdings Company II, Limited, Warner Chilcott Holdings Company
III, Limited and the investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors and certain of their limited partners that are signatories thereto. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary
that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof. 
  
 “Specified Financings” means the financings included in the
Transactions and the offering of the Notes issued on the date hereof. 
  
 “Sponsors” means Bain Capital Partners, LLC, DLJ Merchant Banking III, Inc., J.P. Morgan Partners LLC, and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. 
  

 -29- 

 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and
indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which Holdings has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it
being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking. 
  
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the
payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
  
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of
such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Notes. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
  
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power
of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of
the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 
  
 (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited
partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited
partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 
  
 “Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by (i) the Implementation Agreement, (ii) the Credit
Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date and (iii) the offering of the Notes and any bridge facility that has been contemplated to be entered into in lieu of such offering prior to the Issue Date. 
  
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture
until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor. 
  
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Issuer) that at the time of determination is an
Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings, as provided below) and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of Holdings may designate any Subsidiary of Holdings 

  

 -30- 

 
(including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary, but excluding the Issuer) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such
Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated);
provided that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares
or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by Holdings, (b) such designation complies with Section 4.11 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so
designated and (II) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender
has recourse to any of the assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of Holdings may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such
designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and Holdings could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a). Any such designation by the Board of
Directors of Holdings shall be notified by Holdings to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with
the foregoing provisions. 
  
 “U.S. Dollar
Equivalent” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into
U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date
that is two business days prior to such determination. 
  
 Except
as provided under Section 4.10, whenever it is necessary to determine whether Holdings has complied with any covenant in this Indenture or a Default has occurred and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount
shall be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency. 
  
 “U.S. Government Securities” means securities that are 
  
 (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and
credit is pledged or 
  
 (b) obligations of a
Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

  
 which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the
issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of 

  

 -31- 

 
principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt;
provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government
Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt. 
  
 “U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the
payment of public and private debts. 
  
 “Voting
Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
  
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of
years obtained by dividing: 
  
 (1) the sum of
the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of
years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that shall elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 
  
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 
  
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

  
 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means
a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such
Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  
 SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term

	  	Defined in Section

	 “Acceleration Notice”
	  	6.02
		
	 “Additional Restricted Notes”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Additional Notes”
	  	Preamble
		
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.14
		
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Alternate Offer”
	  	4.09
		
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.13

  

 -32- 

			
	 Term

	  	Defined in Section

		
	 “Asset Sale Offer Amount”
	  	4.13
		
	 “Asset Sale Payment”
	  	4.13
		
	 “Asset Sale Payment Date”
	  	4.13
		
	 “Authenticating Agent”
	  	2.02
		
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.09
		
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.09
		
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.09
		
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.02
		
	 “Definitive Note”
	  	2.01
		
	 “DTC”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
		
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.13
		
	 “Exchange Global Note”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Exchange Notes”
	  	Preamble
		
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Guarantee Obligations”
	  	11.01
		
	 “IAI”
	  	2.01
		
	 “incur”
	  	4.10
		
	 “Initial Notes”
	  	Preamble
		
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Issue Order”
	  	2.02
		
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
		
	 “Non-payment Default”
	  	10.02
		
	 “Notes”
	  	Preamble
		
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
		
	 “Payment Blockage Notice”
	  	10.02
		
	 “Payment Blockage Period”
	  	10.02
		
	 “Payment Default”
	  	10.02
		
	 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.10

  

 -33- 

			
	 Term

	  	Defined in Section

	 “Private Placement Legend”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	4.10
		
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	4.11
		
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
		
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Regulation S Legend”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Resale Restriction Termination Date”
	  	2.06
		
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.11
		
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Restricted Notes”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Retired Capital Stock”
	  	4.11
		
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.01
		
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01
		
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	  	11.05
		
	 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.01

  
 SECTION 1.03.
Incorporation by Reference of TIA. 
  
 Whenever this
Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes. 
  
 “indenture security holder” means a Holder or a Noteholder.

  
 “indenture to be qualified” means this
Indenture. 
  
 “indenture trustee” or
“institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 
  
 “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes. 
  

 -34- 

 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA reference to
another statute or defined by Commission rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein. 
  
 SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction. 
  
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference; 
  
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (3)
“or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (4) words in
the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; 
  
 (5) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders; 
  
 (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 
  
 (7) “herein,” “hereof” and other words
of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; 
  
 (8) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without
limitation”; 
  
 (9) references to sections
of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time; 
  
 (10) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the
principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (11) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum
mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; 
  
 (12) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder
shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
  

 -35- 

 (13) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or
such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; and 
  
 (14) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect
to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest or Additional Amounts, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest or Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect
thereof. 
  
 ARTICLE TWO 
  
 THE NOTES 
  
 SECTION 2.01. Form, Dating and Terms. 
  
 (a) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The
Initial Notes issued on the date hereof shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $600,000,000. In addition, the Issuer may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and subject to Section 4.10,
Additional Notes and Exchange Notes. Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 or 9.06 or in connection with a
Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 4.09 or an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to Section 4.13. 
  
 With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall set forth in (a) a Board Resolution of the Issuer and (b) (i) an Officers’ Certificate or (ii)
one or more indentures supplemental hereto, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information: 
  
 (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture and the provision
of Section 4.10 that the Issuer is relying on to issue such Additional Notes; 
  
 (2) the issue price and the issue date and the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest shall accrue;
provided, however, that no Additional Securities may be issued at a price that would cause such Additional Securities to have “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code; and 
  
 (3) whether such Additional Notes shall be securities
bearing one of the restrictive legends described in Section 2.01(d) (“Restricted Notes”) or Exchange Notes. 
  
 The Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture.
Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional
Notes or the Exchange Notes shall have the right to 

  

 -36- 

 
vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent. 
  
 If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken
pursuant to Board Resolutions of the Issuer, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’
Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 
  
 (b) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to the purchase agreement related to such Initial Notes. The Initial Notes and any
Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes) (the “Additional Restricted Notes”) shall be resold initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and
Additional Restricted Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and certain institutional accredited investors (“IAI”s) in accordance with Rule 501 of the Securities Act, in
each case, in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuer from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law.

  
 Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold
to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the “Rule 144A Notes”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is
hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.01(d) (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for The Depository
Trust Company (“DTC”), duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the
maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC
or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
  
 Initial Notes and
Additional Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America in reliance on Regulation S (the “Regulation S Notes”) shall initially be issued in the form of a temporary global Note (the “Temporary Regulation S
Global Note”), without interest coupons. Beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall be exchangeable for beneficial interests in (a) a corresponding permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in
the form of Exhibit A, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.01(d) (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, each a “Regulation S
Global Note”), (b) a Rule 144A Global Note, (c) an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note (as defined below) or (d) a definitive note in registered certified form (a “Definitive Note”), in each case, after the
expiration of the period beginning with the later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Notes and the Issue Date and ending on the 40th day thereafter (such period through and including such 40th day,
the “Restricted Period”) and then only in accordance with the Securities Act and the procedure described herein. Each Regulation S Global Note shall be 

  

 -37- 

 
deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee in the manner
described in this Article Two for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they may direct) at Euroclear or Clearstream. 
  
 The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding
the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian
for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
  
 Initial Notes
and Additional Notes resold to IAIs (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”) in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of
Exhibit A, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.01(d) (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and
authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a
single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as
hereinafter provided. 
  
 Exchange Notes exchanged for interests
in the Rule 144A Notes, the Regulation S Notes and the Institutional Accredited Investor Notes shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made
a part of this Indenture, deposited with the Trustee as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in Section 2.01(d) (the “Exchange Global Note”). The Exchange Global Note shall be deposited upon
issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate if so required by
DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. 
  
 The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes
collectively herein referred to as the “Global Notes.” 
  
 Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. Payments in respect of Notes
represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder shall be made by (a) wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment
by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than three Business Days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may
accept in its discretion) or, if no such account is specified, (b) check mailed to the address of the Person 

  

 -38- 

 
entitled thereto as such address shall appear on the registry maintained by the Registrar. All other payments on the Notes shall be payable at the office or
agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, State of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03. 

 
 The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law,
stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and in Section 2.01(d). The Issuer and the Trustee shall approve the forms of the Notes and any notation, endorsement or legend on them. Each Note shall be dated
the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this
Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms. 
  
 (c)
Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of $1,000 and an integral multiple thereof. 
  
 (d) Restrictive Legends. Unless and until (i) an Initial Note is sold under an effective registration statement or
(ii) an Initial Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement, 
  
 (1) the Rule 144A Global Note and the Institutional
Accredited Investor Global Note shall bear the legend set forth in Exhibit B hereto (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof. 
  
 (2) the Regulation S Global Note shall bear the legend set forth in Exhibit C hereto (the
“Regulation S Legend”) on the face thereof. 
  
 (3) Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the legend set forth in Exhibit D hereto on the face thereof. 
  
 (4) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such
Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it shall transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. 
  
 The Registrar shall retain for a period of two years copies of all letters,
notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.01. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of
reasonable notice to the Registrar. 
  
 (e) Book-Entry
Provisions. 
  
 (i) This Section
2.01(e) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC. 
  

 -39- 

 (ii) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC for such
Global Note or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.01(d). 
  
 (iii) Members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any
Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for
all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or
impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
  
 (iv) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to
subsection (f) of this Section 2.01 to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Notes Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount
equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.

  
 (v) In connection with the transfer of an
entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section 2.01, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and
make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. 
  
 (vi) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant
proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
  
 (vii) Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of
such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such
Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
  
 (f) Definitive Notes. (i) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive Definitive
Notes. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the
Registrar’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all 

  

 -40- 

 
beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (A) DTC notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as
depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by
the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or, (B) the Issuer in its sole discretion executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (C) a Default has occurred
and is continuing. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the Issuer shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered
form without interest coupons. 
  
 (ii) Any
Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.01(e)(iv) or (v) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.06(c), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions
applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.01(d). 
  
 (iii) In connection with the exchange of a portion of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, (A) the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and (B) the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the transferring Holder, a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred. 
  
 SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 
  
 One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office
at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 A Note shall not be valid and shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be
conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated, issued and delivered under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 
  
 At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and
make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $600,000,000, (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture (including Section 4.10), Additional Notes for original issue in
an unlimited principal amount and (3) Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer or upon resale under an effective Shelf Registration Statement, and only in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes of an equal principal
amount, in each case upon a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer of the Issuer (the “Issuer Order”). Such Issuer Order shall (a) specify whether the Notes shall be in the form of Definitive Notes or Global Notes, (b) the
amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, (c) and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes and (d) in the case of any issuance of Additional
Notes, certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture. 
  

 -41- 

 The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to
the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Responsible Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such
Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any
Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
  
 In case the Issuer, pursuant to Article Five, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person,
and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuer shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall
have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article Five, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to
time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes
surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Issuer Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes
shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.02 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the
Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name. 
  

SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
  
 The Issuer shall maintain (a) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”), (b) an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the State of New York, where the Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”) and (c) an office or agency where
notices and demands to or upon the Issuer, if any, in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one
or more additional Paying Agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may act as Registrar or Paying Agent. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.

  
 The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement,
which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA, with any Agent that is not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and
address of any such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or any required co-registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance
with Section 7.07. 
  

 -42- 

 The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for service of notices and
demands in connection with the Notes and this Indenture. 
  
 The
Issuer may change the paying agents, the registrars or the transfer agents without prior notice to the Holders. Any of the Issuer’s Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as a transfer agent. 
  
 The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or
agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer
of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes. 
  
 SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust. 
  
 Each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Issuer, one or more of the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Issuer and each Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the
Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. Money held in trust by a Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law and in no event shall a Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it
hereunder. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. The Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in Section
6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon making such payment, such Paying Agent shall have no
further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. The provisions of Article Ten applicable to the Trustee shall apply to the Paying Agents, mutatis mutandis. 
  
 SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists. 
  

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such
date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 
  
 (a) The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note prior to
the date which is two years after the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination
Date”): 
  
 (i) a transfer of a Rule
144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that (A) it is purchasing for its own
account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion, (B) it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, (C) it is aware that the sale to it is being made in
reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and (D) it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its
foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; 
  

 -43- 

 (ii) a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a
beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit E from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuer or the Trustee, the
delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification or other information satisfactory to each of them; and 
  
 (iii) a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person
shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit F from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuer or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel,
certification or other information satisfactory to each of them. 
  
 (b) The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Note after the expiration of the Restricted Period: 
  

(i) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the
transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the Note, that (A) it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion, (B) it and any such account is a “qualified
institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, (C) it is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule
144A or has determined not to request such information and (D) it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; 
  
 (ii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial
interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit E from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuer or the Trustee, the delivery of
an opinion of counsel, certification or other information satisfactory to each of them; and 
  
 (iii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non- U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee
or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit F hereof from the proposed transferee and, if 

  

 -44- 

 
requested by the Issuer or the Trustee, receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an opinion of counsel, certification or other information satisfactory to each
of them. 
  
 Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period,
interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may only be transferred (i) to the Issuer, (ii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S (other than a transaction resulting in an exchange for interest in a Permanent Regulation
S Global Note), or (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (c) Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or
replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall
deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend unless (i) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Exchange Notes in a Registered Exchange Offer in which case the Exchange Notes shall not bear a Restricted Notes Legend, (ii) an Initial Note is
being transferred pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or other effective registration statement or (iii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that
neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted
Notes Legend. Any Additional Restricted Notes sold in a private offering shall bear the legends set forth in Exhibits B and C, as applicable. 
  
 (d) The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.01 or this Section
2.06. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar. 
  
 (e) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.

  
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and
exchanges, the Issuer shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article Two, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
  
 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes,
assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 9.06). 
  
 (iii) The Issuer (and the Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note for a period (1) beginning
15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, (2) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article Three, except the unredeemed portion
of any Note being redeemed in part, and (3) during a Change of Control Offer, an Alternate Offer or an Asset Sale Offer if such 

  

 -45- 

 
Note is tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or Asset Sale Offer and not withdrawn. 
  
 (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of
transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if
any, and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, including the transfer or exchange of such Note, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by
notice to the contrary. 
  
 (v) Any Definitive
Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.01(e) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.06(c), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Note
set forth in Section 2.01(d). 
  
 (vi) All
Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
  
 (f) No Obligation of the Trustee. 
  
 (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation
to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the
Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or
property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which
shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully
protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
  
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer
imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery
of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the
express requirements hereof. 
  

 -46- 

 SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes. 
  
 If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been
lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Holder of such Note (a) furnishes to the Issuer and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the
destruction, loss or theft of such Note and (b) satisfies the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond shall be
posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to protect the Issuer, the Guarantors, if any, the Trustee or any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for the Issuer’s
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note, and the Trustee may charge the Issuer for the Trustee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a
contractual Obligation of the Issuer. 
  
 SECTION 2.08.
Outstanding Notes. 
  
 The Notes outstanding at any time
are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except (a) those canceled by the Trustee, (b) those Notes delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in Sections 8.01 and 8.02, on or after the
date the conditions set forth in Section 8.01 or 8.02 have been satisfied and (d) those Notes described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds the
Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.09). 
  
 If a Note is
replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in
whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.07. 
  
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section
4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities
sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
  
 SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes. 
  
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes
have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver
or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded. 
  

 -47- 

 SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. 
  
 Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes.
Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate
definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global
Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form. 
  
 SECTION
2.11. Cancellation. 
  
 The Issuer at any time may deliver
Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else, shall cancel and destroy (subject to
the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and deliver a certificate of destruction to the Issuer. Subject to Section 2.07, the Issuer may not
issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuer or any Guarantor shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness
represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11. 
  
 At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled,
such Global Note shall be returned by DTC to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in
exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then
the custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the custodian, to reflect such reduction. 
  
 SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest. 
  
 If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall, unless the Trustee fixes another Record Date pursuant to Section 6.10, pay
the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent
special Record Date, which special Record Date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days
before any such subsequent special Record Date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the payment date, the amount of defaulted interest and the amount of interest
payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Issuer may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not 

  

 -48- 

 
inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by
such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 2.13. CUSIP, ISIN and “Common Code” Numbers.

  
 The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs
and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use, as applicable, CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided,
however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the
other identification number(s) printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers. 
  
 SECTION 2.14. Deposit of Moneys. 
  
 Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control
Payment Date and Asset Sale Payment Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption
Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Payment Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control
Payment Date and Asset Sale Payment Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depository or its nominee, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The
principal and interest on Definitive Notes shall be payable, either in person or by mail, at the office of the applicable Paying Agent. 
  
 SECTION 2.15. Computation of Interest. 
  
 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed. 
  
 SECTION 2.16. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes. 
  
 The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination,
shall be principal amount of the Notes at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage
shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of
determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence and Section 2.08 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be made by the Issuer
and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate. 
  

 -49- 

 ARTICLE THREE 
  
 REDEMPTION 
  
 SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee. 
  
 If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the
Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The Issuer shall give notice of redemption to the Paying Agent and Trustee at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (unless a
shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee in writing), together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption shall comply with the conditions contained herein. 
  
 SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed. 
  
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select Notes for redemption as follows:

  
 (1) if the Notes are listed on any national
securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or 
  
 (2) if the Notes are not listed on any securities exchange, on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable. 
  
 No Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. 
  
 SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 
  
 At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the
Issuer shall mail a notice of redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the
notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, in each case in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article VIII. At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall
forward the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided that in such case, the Trustee has received notice from the Issuer at least 35 days, but not more than 60 days (only with respect to notices
to which the 60-day period applies pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence), before a Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee). Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for
redemption. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. Each notice of redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP number) to be redeemed and shall state: 

 
 (1) the Redemption Date; 
  

 -50- 

 (2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;

  
 (3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

  
 (4) that Notes called for redemption must be
surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price, plus accrued interest, if any; 
  
 (5) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and
after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed; 
  
 (6) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of
the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof shall be issued; 
  
 (7) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the
identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed or the method for selecting the Notes to be redeemed in accordance with Section 3.02, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the
aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; 
  
 (8) the CUSIP Number, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; 
  
 (9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or
accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
  
 (10) the Section of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed. 
  
 The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively
presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the
validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, notices of redemption may not be conditional. 
  

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and
at the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date), but
installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the 

  

 -51- 

 
relevant Record Dates. On and after the Redemption Date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
  
 SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 
  
 With respect to the Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the
Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Subsidiary is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and
accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the Redemption Date,
interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 
  
 If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that
relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of
the original Note. 
  
 ARTICLE FOUR 
  
 COVENANTS 
  
 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. 
  
 (a) The Issuer shall pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds on that date U.S.
Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 (b) The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal (including
post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the same rate per annum borne by the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
  
 (a) The Issuer shall maintain the offices or agencies required under Section 2.03. The Issuer shall give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such offices or agencies. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof,
such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 12.02. 
  

 -52- 

 (b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes
may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of
any such other office or agency. 
  
 (c) The Issuer hereby
initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03. 
  
 SECTION 4.03. Corporate Existence. 
  
 Except as otherwise permitted by Article Five, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and
effect its corporate existence in accordance with its organizational documents. 
  
 SECTION 4.04. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. 
  
 Holdings shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes, assessments and governmental
charges levied or imposed upon it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies except, in each case, any such
tax, assessment, charge or claim as is being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or where the failure to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim is not materially adverse to the
Holders. 
  
 SECTION 4.05. Maintenance of Properties and
Insurance. 
  
 (a) Holdings shall cause all material
properties owned by or leased by it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries used or useful to the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and
supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all repairs, renewals, replacements, and betterments thereof, all as in its judgment may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and
advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4.05 shall prevent Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such
properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary desirable in the conduct of the business of Holdings or any such Restricted
Subsidiary; provided further, that nothing in this Section 4.05 shall prevent Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing or disposing of any properties to the extent otherwise permitted by this Indenture.

  
 (b) Holdings shall maintain, and shall cause its Restricted
Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible carriers against such risks and in such amounts, and with such deductibles, retentions, self insured amounts and co-insurance provisions, as are appropriate for a business of this type and size as
determined in good faith by Holdings. 
  

 -53- 

 SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default. 
  
 (a) Holdings shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the close of
each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2005, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the
supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether Holdings has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best
of such Officer’s knowledge, Holdings during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every such covenant in this Indenture and no Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate
there is no Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signing Officers do know of such Default, the certificate shall describe all such Defaults of which such signing Officer has actual knowledge and its status with particularity. The
Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should Holdings elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year end. 
  
 (b) Holdings shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as possible, and in any event within five days after Holdings becomes aware of the occurrence of any
Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Default or Event of Default and describing its status with particularity and the action proposed to be taken thereto. 
  
 (c) Holdings’ fiscal year currently ends on December 31. Holdings shall
provide written notice to the Trustee of any change in its fiscal year. 
  
 SECTION 4.07. Compliance with Laws. 
  
 Holdings
shall comply, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental department,
commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective properties, except, in any such case, to the extent the
failure to so comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

  
 SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

  
 The Issuer and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent
permitted by applicable law) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Issuer
from paying all or any portion of the principal of or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent
permitted by applicable law) the Issuer and each Guarantor hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
  

 -54- 

 SECTION 4.09. Change of Control. 
  
 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer at such time has given notice of redemption under Section 5 or Section
6 of the Notes with respect to all outstanding Notes, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change
of Control Offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall offer to pay an amount in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to
101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control
or conditional upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. 
  
 (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Issuer at such time has given notice of redemption under
Section 5 or Section 6 of the Notes with respect to all outstanding Notes, the Issuer shall mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date
(the “Change of Control Payment Date”) specified in the notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and
described in such notice. Such notice shall state: 
  
 (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that all Notes tendered and not withdrawn shall be accepted for payment; 
  
 (2) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued interest and any Additional Interest) and the Change
of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (3) that any Note
not tendered shall continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant
to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the
close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the second Business Day prior
to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing such
Holder’s election to have such Note purchased; 
  

 -55- 

 (7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes in a
principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; and 
  
 (8) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control. 
  
 (c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful: 
  
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes
properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
  
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
  
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an
Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer. 
  
 (d) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall
promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal
amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  
 Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this Section 4.09,
but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, to the extent required to permit the Issuer to comply with this Section 4.09, the Issuer shall either repay all outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any,
under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt. If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in
whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. 
  
 (e) In addition, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control
Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer (an “Alternate Offer”) in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a
Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Alternate Offer. The Alternate Offer must comply with all the other provisions applicable to the Change of Control Offer, shall remain,
if commenced prior to the Change of Control, open for acceptance until the consummation of the Change of Control and must permit Holders to withdraw any tenders of Notes made into the Alternate Offer until the final expiration or consummation
thereof, subject to Sections 4.09(b)(5) and (6). An Alternate Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control or conditional upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of
Control at the time the Alternate Offer is made. 
  

 -56- 

 (f) The Issuer shall comply, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any third party
making a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer to comply, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control or an Alternate Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this
Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict. 
  
 SECTION 4.10. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred
Stock. 
  
 (a) Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively “incur”) any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt) and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer) to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer, Holdings and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a
Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings for its most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1 determined on a pro forma basis (including a
pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of
such four-quarter period. 
  
 (b) Section 4.10(a) shall not
prohibit the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
  
 (1) the incurrence by the Issuer or a Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement together with the incurrence by Holdings or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the
face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $1,790 million outstanding at any one time, less the amount of all mandatory principal payments (with respect to revolving borrowings and letters of credit, only to the extent revolving
commitments are correspondingly reduced) actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from Asset Sales; 
  
 (2) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee thereof) issued on
the Issue Date and the incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Notes issued on the Issue Date (including any Guarantee thereof); 
  

 -57- 

 (3) Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), or (2));

  
 (4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease
Obligations) incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or
the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of
(x) $25.0 million and (y) $25.0 million plus or minus, as applicable, an amount equal to 2% of Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) from January 1, 2005 to the end of Holdings’ fiscal quarter most
recently ended prior to the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred; 
  
 (5) Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in
respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’
compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence; 
  
 (6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdings or a
Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of
Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance
sheet of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet shall not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this
clause (A)) and (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and
without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by Holdings and any Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; 
  
 (7) Indebtedness of Holdings owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by
Holdings or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary
or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Issuer 

  

 -58- 

	 	 
or a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of the Issuer or such
Guarantor with respect to the Notes; 

  
 (8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted
Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

  
 (9) Hedging Obligations of Holdings or any
Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding or (B)
exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange; 
  
 (10) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees provided by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto,
in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 
  
 (11) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor not otherwise
permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this
clause (11), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $125.0 million; 
  
 (12) (x) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Guarantor of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted
Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary or Holdings, as applicable, any
such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the
Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary or Holdings, as applicable, (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor incurred in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture, and (z) any guarantee by a Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Issuer incurred in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
  

(13) the incurrence by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock that serves to refund or refinance any
Indebtedness incurred as permitted under Section 4.10(a) or clauses (2), (3) or (4) above, this clause (13) or clauses (14) or (21) below or any Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness 

  

 -59- 

	 	 
including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its
respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to
Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantees, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or
pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantees at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal
amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (E) shall not have a stated maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the
Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced; and provided further, that subclauses (A), (B) and (E) of this clause (13) shall not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Senior Debt; 

  
 (14) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Person incurred
and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that such
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock is not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, such acquisition or merger; and provided further, that after
giving effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness either (A) Holdings would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a) or (B) such Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition; 
  
 (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such
Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence; 
  
 (16) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of
credit; 
  
 (17) Indebtedness incurred by a
Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is non recourse to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); 
  
 (18) Indebtedness incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary,
provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding 

  

 -60- 

 
and incurred pursuant to this clause (18), does not exceed the greater of (x) $20.0 million and (y) $20.0 million plus or minus, as applicable, an amount
equal to 2% of Consolidated Net Income of the Foreign Subsidiaries of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) from January 1, 2005 to the end of Holdings’ fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the date on which such
Indebtedness is incurred; 
  
 (19) Indebtedness
consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any Guarantor to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or
any of its direct or indirect parent corporations permitted by Section 4.11; 
  
 (20) Contribution Indebtedness; 
  
 (21) Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the
funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the acquisition by the Issuer or such Guarantor of property used or useful in a Permitted Business (including a Product) (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Capital Stock
of, or merger or consolidation with, any Person owning such assets); provided that the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings for its most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available
immediately preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred, determined on a pro forma basis as if such Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter
period, (A) would have been at least 1.75 to 1 and (B) would have been greater than such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; and 
  
 (22) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness; provided, however, that the aggregate
principal amount of any such Indebtedness, when taken together with all other Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred pursuant to this clause (22) and then outstanding, does not exceed $100.0 million. 
  
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, in
the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (22) of Section 4.10(b), or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section
4.10(a), Holdings shall be permitted to classify and later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10, and such item of Indebtedness shall be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only
one of such categories. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt in Section 4.10(b)
and Holdings shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of such Indebtedness. 
  
 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness
shall be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the 

  

 -61- 

 
date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to
a currency agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars shall be as provided in such currency agreement. The
principal amount of any refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced shall be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness being refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent
was determined based on a currency agreement, in which case the refinancing Indebtedness shall be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (2) the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the
Indebtedness being refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess shall be determined on the date such refinancing Indebtedness is incurred. The maximum amount of Indebtedness that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries may
incur pursuant to this Section 4.10 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. 
  
 SECTION 4.11. Restricted Payments. 
  
 (a) Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
  
 (i)
declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on account of Holdings’ or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation
(other than (x) dividends or distributions by Holdings payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), (y) dividends
or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable solely to Holdings or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (z) in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted
Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, pro rata dividends or distributions to minority stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a
corporation); provided that Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities); 
  
 (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for
value any Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent entity of Holdings held by any Person (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any merger or consolidation; 
  
 (iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase,
defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of the definition of
“Permitted Debt” or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes purchased in anticipation of 

  

 -62- 

 
satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or
acquisition or retirement); or 
  
 (iv) make any
Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 
  
 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
  
 (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such
Restricted Payment; 
  
 (2) Holdings would, at
the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a); and 
  
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Holdings and the Restricted
Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (8), (10), (11), (12), (13), (16), (17) and (18) of Section 4.11(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of 
  
 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the
period (taken as one accounting period) from January 1, 2005 to the end of Holdings’ most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such
Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus  
  
 (B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings,
of property and marketable securities received by Holdings after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of Holdings (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined in clause (2) of Section 4.11(b))) but excluding (i) cash
proceeds received from the sale of Equity Interests of Holdings and, to the extent actually contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent corporations to members of management, directors or consultants of
Holdings, any direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings and the Subsidiaries of Holdings after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.11(b),
(ii) cash proceeds received from the sale of Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (2) of Section 4.11(b), (iii) Designated Preferred
Stock, (iv) the Cash Contribution Amount and (v) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of Holdings that have been converted into such Equity Interests of 

  

 -63- 

 
Holdings (other than Refunding Capital Stock or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Holdings sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or Holdings, as
the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus  
  
 (C) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market
value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of Holdings after the Issue Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions,
(iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock, (v) any Designated Preferred Stock, (vi) the Cash Contribution Amount and (vii) cash proceeds applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section
4.11(b), plus  
  
 (D) without
duplication of any amounts included in clause (4) of Section 4.11(b), and to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100% of the aggregate amount received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the fair
market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings, of property and marketable securities received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Issue Date by means of (A) the sale or other disposition
(other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments
of loans or advances which constitute Restricted Investments of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an
Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of Section 4.11(b) or to the extent such Investment
constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus  
  
 (E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary into Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined
by the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary
to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of Section 4.11(b) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), plus;

  
 (F) $25.0 million. 
  

 -64- 

 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing the provisions set forth in Section 4.11(a) shall not prohibit:

  
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60
days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (2) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent
corporation of Holdings (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes in exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or Holdings) of
Equity Interests of Holdings or contributions to the equity capital of Holdings (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (B) the declaration and payment of
dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Holdings or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries)
of Refunding Capital Stock; 
  
 (3) the
redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the borrower thereof which is incurred in
compliance with Section 4.10 so long as (A) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value plus
related fees and expenses and the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (B) such new
Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled
maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to
or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; 
  
 (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value
of common Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent
corporations (or their permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, provided, however, that the aggregate
amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year $7.5 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two immediately succeeding calendar years); and provided, further,
that such amount in any calendar year 

  

 -65- 

 
may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings and, to the
extent contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent
corporations that occurs after the Issue Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent
corporations in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations pursuant to a deferred compensation plan of such corporation
plus (C) the cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (provided that Holdings may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase
contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (4) in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (4); 
  
 (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of
any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with this Section 4.10 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges for such entity;

  
 (6) the declaration and payment of dividends
or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings, the
proceeds of which shall be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings issued after the Issue Date;
provided, however, that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect
to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions thereon) on a pro forma basis, Holdings would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to
this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by Holdings from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; 
  
 (7) intentionally omitted; 
  
 (8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon
exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
  
 (9) the payment of dividends on Holdings’ common stock following the first public offering of Holdings’ common stock or the
common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations after the Issue Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings after the Issue Date in any such public offering, other than public
offerings with respect to Holdings’ common stock registered 

  

 -66- 

 
on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution; 
  
 (10) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 
  
 (11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $50.0 million; 
  
 (12) cash dividends or
other distributions on Holdings’ or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans, the proceeds of which shall be used to, fund the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or
this offering, in each case to the extent permitted (to the extent applicable) by Section 4.14; 
  
 (13) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase
Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; 
  
 (14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to Sections 4.09 and 4.13; provided that a Change of
Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all Notes tendered by Holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
  
 (15) intentionally omitted; 
  
 (16) the
payment of the consideration to shareholders and holders of options and warrants of Chilcott UK Limited (formerly Warner Chilcott PLC) in connection with the scheme of arrangement, constituting part of the Transactions; 
  
 (17) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the
making of loans to, a direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings in amounts required for such Person to pay, without duplication: 
  
 (A) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence; 
  
 (B) income taxes to the extent such income taxes are
attributable to the income of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the
Unrestricted Subsidiaries, provided, however, that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount of income taxes that Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay for such
fiscal year were Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries to pay such taxes as a stand-alone taxpayer; 
  

 -67- 

 (C) customary salary, bonus, severance and other benefits payable to officers and
employees of such direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (D) general corporate overhead expenses for such direct or
indirect parent corporation of Holdings to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
  
 (E) reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering by
such direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings; 
  
 (18) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of Holdings; provided,
however, that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of the covenant described under this subheading (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings); or 
  
 (19) the payment of dividends and other distributions to any
direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings in an amount equal to any reduction in taxes actually realized by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of refunds or from deductions when applied to offset income or gain as a direct
result of (i) transaction fees, (ii) commitment and other financing fees or (iii) severance, change in control and other compensation expense incurred in connection with the repurchase or rollover of stock options or transaction bonuses, in each
case in connection with the Transactions; 
  
 provided, however,
that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (2), (5), (6), (9), (11), (13), (14) and (19) above, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence
thereof. 
  
 (c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than
cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by Holdings or the applicable Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair
market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.11 shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings. Such determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an
Independent Financial Advisor if the fair market value exceeds $30.0 million. 
  
 (d) As of the Issue Date, all of Holdings’ Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. Holdings shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to
last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding investments by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in
the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in
such amount would be permitted 

  

 -68- 

 
at such time under this Section 4.11 or the definition of “Permitted Investments” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of
an “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” 
  
 SECTION 4.12.
Liens. 
  
 (a) Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures obligations under any Indebtedness ranking pari passu with or subordinated to the Notes or a related Guarantee on any
asset or property of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless: 
  
 (1) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees, the Notes and
any related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or 
  
 (2) in all other cases, the Notes and any related Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, 
  
 except that the foregoing shall not apply to: 
  
 (i) Liens existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in
the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date; 
  
 (ii) Liens securing the Notes and the related Guarantees and the Exchange Notes (including Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Additional Notes issued and secured by a Lien in each case in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) and
the related Guarantees; 
  
 (iii) Liens securing
Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt and the related guarantees of such Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt; and 
  
 (iv) Permitted Liens. 
  
 SECTION 4.13. Asset Sales. 
  
 (a) Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
  
 (1) Holdings (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; 
  
 (2) in the case of Asset Sales involving consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the fair market value is
determined in good faith by Holdings’ Board of Directors; and 
  

 -69- 

 (3) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in
the Asset Sale by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. 
  
 For purposes of clause (3) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on Holdings’ or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of Holdings or any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which Holdings and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly
released by all creditors in writing, (ii) any securities received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180
days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors of Holdings), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) $75.0 million plus or
minus, as applicable, an amount equal to 6% of Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) from January 1, 2005 to the end of Holding’s most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the date on which such
Designated Non-cash Consideration is received (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for
purposes of Section 4.13(a)(3) and for no other purpose. 
  
 (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, Holdings may apply those Net Proceeds at its option: 
  
 (1) to permanently reduce Obligations under Senior Debt (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) or Indebtedness
that ranks pari passu with the Notes (provided that if Holdings shall so reduce Obligations under Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes, it shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes by causing the
Issuer to make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.13(c) for an Asset Sale Offer (as defined in Section 4.13(c))) to all Holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the pro rata principal amount of Notes) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that (x) is a Subsidiary of the Issuer and (y) is not a Guarantor, in each case other than
Indebtedness owed to Holdings or an Affiliate of Holdings; 
  
 (2) to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary owning
an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital expenditures or (C) other assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Permitted Business; or 
  

 -70- 

 (3) to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such
investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary,
(B) properties or (C) assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale. 
  
 Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds
shall constitute “Excess Proceeds,” provided that if during such 365-day period Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the
requirements of clause (2) or (3) of Section 4.13(b) after such 365th day, such 365-day period shall be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required
to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement). 
  
 (c) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, Holdings, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary (including the Issuer), shall
make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and holders of Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes and contains provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to
purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds (the “Asset Sale
Offer Amount”). The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. 

 
 (d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, Holdings, or the
applicable Restricted Subsidiary (including the Issuer), may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
  
 (e) If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer,
Holdings, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary (including the Issuer), may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer
exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
  
 (f) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, Holdings, or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary (including the Issuer), shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holder to tender
Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. Any Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 
  
 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.13; 
  

 -71- 

 (2) the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Asset Sale Payment and the date on which Notes
tendered and accepted for payment shall be purchased, which date shall be at least 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Asset Sale Payment Date”); 
  
 (3) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment
shall continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (4) that,
unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Asset Sale Payment Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to
surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three
Business Days before the Asset Sale Payment Date; 
  
 (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the second Business Day prior to the Asset Sale Payment Date, a notice setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of
the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing such Holder’s election to have such Note purchased; 
  
 (7) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Issuer shall select
the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 shall be purchased); and 
  
 (8) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part
shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer); provided that such Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples $1,000.

  
 (g) On the Asset Sale Payment Date, Holdings, or the
applicable Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (including the Issuer), shall, to the extent lawful: (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer; (2) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal
Tender or U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay the Asset Sale Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’
Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being repurchased by the Issuer. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Asset Sale Payment Date. 
  
 (h) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder so tendered the Asset
Sale Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate pursuant to an Issuer Order and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal 

  

 -72- 

 
in principal amount to any unrepurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of
$1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. However, if the Asset Sale Payment Date is on or after an interest Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a
Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
  
 (i) Holdings, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary (including the Issuer), shall comply with the requirements of Rule
14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Indenture, Holdings, or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary (including the Issuer), shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have
breached its obligations under this Section 4.13 by virtue of such conflict. 
  
 SECTION 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates. 
  
 (a) Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any
property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless: 
  
 (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to Holdings or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such
Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 
  
 (2) (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Holdings have
determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in the immediately preceding clause (1) are satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings; and 
  
 (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, the Board of Directors of Holdings shall also have received a written opinion as to the fairness to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries of such
Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an Independent Financial Advisor. 
  
 (b) The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.14(a).

  
 (1) any transaction with Holdings, a
Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because Holdings or 

  

 -73- 

 
a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Restricted Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity; 
  
 (2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments (other
than pursuant to clauses (3) and (10) of the definition thereof) permitted by this Indenture; 
  
 (3) the payment to the Sponsors, any of their Affiliates, and officers of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of management,
consulting, monitoring and advisory fees, termination payments and related reasonable expenses pursuant to (A) the Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not less advantageous to the
holders of the Notes in any material respect than the Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement) or (B) other agreements as in effect on the Issue Date that are (x) entered into in connection with the Transactions and (y) as described in the
Offering Circular or any amendments thereto (so long as any such amendment is not less advantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date); 
  
 (4) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation and
fees to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with), officers, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent corporations or any Restricted Subsidiary, as determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings or senior management thereof; 
  
 (5) payments made by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsors and any of their Affiliates for any financial advisory,
financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of
Directors of Holdings in good faith; 
  
 (6)
transactions in which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

  
 (7) payments or loans (or cancellations of
loans) to employees or consultants of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings and which are otherwise permitted under this Indenture but in
any event not to exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time; 
  
 (8) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or described in the Offering Circular (other than the
Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement and Shareholders Agreement, but including each of the other agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions); 
  
 (9) the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its
obligations under the terms of, the Shareholders Agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto to which it is a party on the Issue Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter);

  

 -74- 

 
provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any
future amendment to the Shareholders Agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (9) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments
thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; 
  
 (10) the Transactions and the payment of all transaction,
underwriting, commitment and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions; 
  
 (11) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course
of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings or the senior management thereof,
or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party; and 
  
 (12) if otherwise permitted hereunder, the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings to any Permitted
Holder, any director, officer, employee or consultant of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliates of Holdings (other than a Subsidiary). 
  
 SECTION 4.15. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 
  
 (a) Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit
to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to: 
  
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect
to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (2) make loans or advances to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets
to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 (b)
However, the preceding restrictions in Section 4.15(a) shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
  
 (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to the Credit Agreement or related documents as in effect on the Issue
Date or (y) on the Issue Date, including pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation; 
  

 -75- 

 (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees (including any Exchange Notes with
respect to the Notes and related Guarantees); 
  
 (3) purchase money obligations or other obligations described in clause (4) of Section 4.10(b) for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that in each case impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of
Section 4.15(a) on the property so acquired; 
  
 (4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 
  
 (5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof or
to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property
or assets of the Person, so acquired; 
  
 (6)
contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such
Subsidiary; 
  
 (7) Secured Indebtedness
otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.12 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 
  
 (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in
the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (9) other
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (i) of Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, in each case that is incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.10 or (ii) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary
of Holdings subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to clauses (1), (4) or (16) of Section 4.10(b); 
  
 (10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

  
 (11) customary provisions contained in
leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements; and 
  
 (12) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.15(a) imposed by any
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) above; provided that the encumbrances or
restrictions imposed by such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Holdings’ Board of Directors, not materially less favorable to
the holders of the Notes than encumbrances and restrictions 

  

 -76- 

 
contained in such predecessor agreements and do not affect the Issuer’s and Guarantors’ ability, taken as a whole, to make payments of interest and
scheduled payments of principal in respect of the Notes, in each case as and when due; provided further, however, that with respect to agreements existing on the Issue Date, any refinancings or amendments thereof contain such
encumbrances or restrictions that are not materially less favorable to the holders of the Notes than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in such agreements as in effect on the Issue Date. 
  
 SECTION 4.16. Additional Guarantees. 
  
 (a) After the Issue Date, Holdings shall cause (i) each of its Domestic
Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer or any Unrestricted Subsidiary) that incurs any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (7), (9), (10) or (15) of Section 4.10(b)) or issues any Preferred Stock and
(ii) each Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (other than a Foreign Subsidiary that guarantees Indebtedness of another Foreign Subsidiary, Holdings or any Restricted
Subsidiary that is incorporated in Puerto Rico), in each case, at the same time, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guarantee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full
and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the Indenture. 
  
 (b) Each Guarantee (other than a Guarantee of a company that is the direct
or indirect parent of the Issuer) shall be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under
applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
  
 (c) Each Guarantee shall be released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture described under Article Eleven. 
  
 SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders. 
  
 (a) Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are
outstanding, if not filed electronically with the Commission through the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System (or any successor system), Holdings shall furnish to the holders of Notes, within the time periods
specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations: 
  
 (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K (or Form 20-F if Holdings is a “foreign private issuer” as
such term is defined under the rules and regulations of the Commission), other than the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2004, if Holdings were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by Holdings’ certified independent accountants; and 
  

 -77- 

 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form
8-K if Holdings were required to file such reports. 
  
 (b) In
addition, whether or not required by the Commission, after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, Holdings shall file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in
clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission shall not accept such a filing) and make such information available to
securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, Holdings has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it shall furnish to the Holders of the Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon
their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied with respect to the Form 10-K or 20-F, as applicable, for fiscal year 2004
(or, if the Issuer changes its fiscal year end to December 31, for the period ended December 31, 2004) prior to the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the
Commission of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act with respect to fiscal year 2004 (or, if the
Issuer changes its fiscal year end to December 31, for the period ended December 31, 2004) within the time periods and in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 SECTION 4.18. Limitation on Layering. 
  
 Holdings shall not, and shall not permit the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any
Senior Debt (including Acquired Debt) or Guarantor Senior Debt (including Acquired Debt) of Holdings or such other Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either: 
  
 (1) Senior Subordinated Indebtedness; or 
  
 (2) subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be. 
  
 SECTION 4.19. Business Activities. 
  
 Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage
in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
  

 -78- 

 SECTION 4.20. Payments for Consent. 
  
 Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to
all Holders of the Notes that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
  
 ARTICLE FIVE 
  
 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 
  
 SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
  
 (a) The Issuer, Holdings or Luxco may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer,
Holdings or Luxco, as applicable, is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, Holdings and its
Subsidiaries or Luxco and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless: 
  
 (1) either: (a) the Issuer, Holdings or Luxco, as applicable, is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer, Holdings or Luxco, as applicable) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is, in the case of the Issuer, a corporation organized or
existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or, in the case of Holdings or Luxco, a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or
the District of Columbia or Bermuda or the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (the Issuer, Holdings, Luxco or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may
be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); 
  
 (2) the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer, Holdings or Luxco, as applicable), assumes all the obligations of the Issuer, Holdings or Luxco, as applicable, under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration
Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
  
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
  
 (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such
transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant
to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a) or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the 

  

 -79- 

 
Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such
transaction. 
  
 The foregoing provision shall also apply to any
Subsidiary of Holdings that is a direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer. 
  
 (b) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of
Holdings, including the Issuer, which properties and assets, if held by Holdings or Luxco, as applicable, instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Holdings or Luxco, as
applicable, on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Holdings or Luxco, as applicable. 
  
 (c) The predecessor company shall be released from its obligations under this
Indenture and the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer, Holdings or Luxco, as the case may be, under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all
its assets, the predecessor shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. 
  
 (d) This Section 5.01 shall not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among Holdings and its
Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (3) and (4) of this Section 5.01(a) shall not be applicable to (a) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or selling, assigning, transferring, conveying, leasing or
otherwise disposing of all or part of its properties and assets to Holdings or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (b) Holdings, Luxco or the Issuer merging with an Affiliate solely for the purpose and with the sole effect of reincorporating the
Issuer, Holdings or Luxco, as the case may be, in another jurisdiction so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
  
 ARTICLE SIX 
  
 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 
  
 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. 
  
 Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 
  

(1) the Issuer defaults in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if
any, on the Notes, whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article Ten; 
  
 (2) the Issuer defaults in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes and such
default continues for a period of 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article Ten; 
  

 -80- 

 (3) Holdings or the Issuer defaults in the performance of, or breaches any covenant,
warranty or other agreement contained in, this Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1) or (2) above) and such default or breach continues for a
period of 60 days after the notice specified below; 
  
 (4) a default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is
guaranteed by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, if (A) such default either (1) results
from the failure to pay any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final
maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such
Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $40.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or
more at any one time outstanding; 
  
 (5) the
Issuer, Holdings, Luxco or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
  
 (A) commences a voluntary case, 
  
 (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
  
 (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for
all or substantially all of its property, 
  
 (D)
makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, 
  
 (E) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency, 
  
 (F) generally is not able to pay its debts as they become due, or 
  
 (G) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing; 
  
 (6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or
decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
  
 (A) is
for relief against the Issuer, Holdings, Luxco or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case, 
  

 -81- 

 (B) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer, Holdings, Luxco or any Significant Subsidiary or
for all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Issuer, Holdings, Luxco or any Significant Subsidiary, or 
  
 (C) orders the liquidation of the Issuer, Holdings, Luxco or any Significant Subsidiary, 
  
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

  
 (7) the failure by the Issuer, Holdings or
any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $40.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after the applicable judgment becomes final, and, with respect
to any such judgments covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; or 
  
 (8) the Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together as of the
date of the most recent audited financial statements of Holdings, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms hereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations
under this Indenture or any Guarantee, other than by reason of the release of the Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, and such Default continues for 10 days. 
  
 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. 
  

(a) If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(5) and (6) above occurs with respect to the Issuer and is continuing, then all unpaid
principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

  
 (b) If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in clauses (5) or (6) of Section 6.01 with respect to the Issuer) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes under this Indenture may declare the principal of and
accrued interest on such Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “Acceleration Notice”), and
the same shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration under the Credit Agreement and five Business Days after receipt by the Issuer and the Representative under the Credit Agreement of such Acceleration Notice
but only if such Event of Default is then continuing. Upon receipt of an Acceleration Notice, the Issuer shall promptly provide written notice of such acceleration to holders of Senior Debt or their Representative. 
  
 At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as
described in the two preceding paragraphs, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences: 
  
 (1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree; 
  

 -82- 

 (2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of
principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration; 
  
 (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, if interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;

  
 (4) if the Issuer has paid the Trustee its
reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and 
  
 (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(5) and (6), if the Trustee
shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 
  
 No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
  
 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. 
  
 (a) If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to
collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 (b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon a Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available
remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  
 (c) In
the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and
without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of
Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been
cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events. 
  
 (d) Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in
this Indenture and under the TIA. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request, order or direction
of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. 
  

 -83- 

 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Defaults. 
  
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all
the Notes waive any Default with respect to such Notes and its consequences by providing written notice thereof to the Issuer and the Trustee, except a Default in the payment of interest on or the principal of such Notes. In the case of any such
waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, respectively; provided that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right
consequent thereto. 
  
 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.

  
 Subject to the other provisions of this Indenture and
applicable law, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power
conferred on it. Subject to Section 7.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder, or that may
involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction
pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction. 
  
 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 
  
 A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
  
 (1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a
continuing Event of Default; 
  
 (2) the Holder
or Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
  
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer and provide to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability
or expense; 
  
 (4) the Trustee does not comply
with the request within 45 days after receipt of the request and the offer and the provision of indemnity; and 
  
 (5) during such 45-day period the Holder or Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a
direction in accordance with Section 6.04 which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request. 
  
 A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder. 
  

 -84- 

 SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any
Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or
affected without the consent of the Holder. 
  
 SECTION 6.08.
Collection Suit by Trustee. 
  
 If a Default in payment of
principal or interest specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole
amount of principal and accrued interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per
annum borne by the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

  
 SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

  
 The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any
judicial proceedings relating to the Issuer, its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any
Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the
claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable. 
  
 SECTION 6.10. Priorities. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Article Ten, if the Trustee collects any
money or property pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order: 
  
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07; 
  

 -85- 

 SECOND: to Holders for interest accrued on the Notes, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest; 
  
 THIRD: to Holders for principal amounts due and unpaid on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the
amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal; and 
  
 FOURTH: to the Issuer or, if applicable, the Guarantors, as their respective interests may appear. 
  
 The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuer, may fix a Record Date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

  
 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 
  
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture
or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion
may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section
6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE SEVEN 
  
 TRUSTEE 
  
 SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 
  
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use
the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. 
  

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
  
 (1) The Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein or in the TIA and no duties, covenants,
responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee. 
  
 (2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officers’ Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such
certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the 

  

 -86- 

 
certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be
relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01. 
  
 (2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts. 
  
 (3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.05. 
  
 (d) No
provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any
action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it. 
  
 (e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section
7.01. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on
any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 (g) In the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part
of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 
  
 Subject to Section 7.01: 
  
 (a) The Trustee may rely conclusively on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper
Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall
conform to the provisions of Section 12.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the
advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and 

  

 -87- 

 
complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance
thereon. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may act through its
attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it
reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
  
 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and
complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity
satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby. 
  
 (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate (including
any Officers’ Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of Indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its
discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Issuer, to
examine the books, records, and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
  
 (h) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or
surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 
  
 (i) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties. 
  
 (j) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has
actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 
  
 (k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and
benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable 

  

 -88- 

 
by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
  
 (l) Delivery of reports, information and documents to the
Trustee under Section 4.17 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein,
including Holdings’ compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificate). 
  

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise engage with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or
their respective Affiliates in other transactions with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the
Commission for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
  
 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
  
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the
Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for
any statement of the Issuer in or pursuant to this Indenture or any document issued in connection with the sale of Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations
with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default. 
  
 If a Default
or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual notice of such Default or an Event of Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default within 60 days after such Default occurs. Except in
the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of
Control Offer or Alternate Offer or the Asset Sale Payment Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors or Responsible
Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders. 
  
 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. 
  
 Within 60 days after each February 1, beginning with February 1, 2006, and for as long as the Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall, to the extent
that any of the events 

  

 -89- 

 
described in TIA § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that
complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §§ 313(b), 313(c)
and 313(d). 
  
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing
to Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the Commission and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed. 
  
 The Issuer shall notify the Trustee if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with
TIA § 313(d). 
  
 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and
Indemnity. 
  
 The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time
to time such compensation as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for the Trustee’s services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express
trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except
any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

  
 The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Trustee or any
predecessor Trustee and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the
Trustee), liability or expense incurred by them except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on their part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust
including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or a Guarantee against the Issuer or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against or investigating any claim or
liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Trustee’s rights, powers or duties hereunder (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of
any claim asserted against the Trustee or any of its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its Obligations hereunder.
The Issuer may, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors
subject to the claim may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if, subject to the
approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), it assumes the Trustee’s defense and there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Trustee and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and
directors subject to the claim in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by the Trustee. 

  

 -90- 

 
The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuer need not reimburse
any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. 
  
 To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes
against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except money held in trust to pay interest on particular Notes. The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors to the Trustee under this Section shall not
be subordinated to the payment of Senior Debt pursuant to Article Ten or Section 11.02 except assets or money held in trust to pay principal of or interest on particular Notes (with the exception of Permitted Junior Securities and
trusts established pursuant to Article Eight). 
  
 When the
Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after a Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6) occurs, such expenses and the compensation for such services shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law and are intended
to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA§ 313(b)(2) to the
extent applicable. 
  
 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of
Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee may resign at any time by so
notifying the Issuer in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

  
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with
Section 7.10; 
  
 (2) the Trustee is
adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; 
  
 (3) a
receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and
shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Issuer. 
  

 -91- 

 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to
the Issuer. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee under this Indenture, subject
to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee
shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. 
  
 If a
successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuer. 
  
 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section
7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. 
  
 If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation,
the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be
otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven. 
  
 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
  
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of TIA §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent
published annual report of condition. In addition, if the Trustee is a corporation included in a bank holding company system, the Trustee, independently of the bank holding company, shall meet the capital requirements of TIA § 310(a)(2). The
Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or
participation in other securities, of the Issuer are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of TIA § 310 shall apply to the Issuer and any other obligor of the Notes.

  
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the
Issuer. 
  
 The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder,
shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  

 -92- 

 ARTICLE EIGHT 
  
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
  
 SECTION 8.01. Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations. 
  
 (a) The Issuer may terminate its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Notes and this Indenture,
except those obligations referred to in the Section 8.01(b), if all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes which have been replaced or paid or Notes for whose payment U.S. Legal Tender or U.S.
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amount as is, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, sufficient without consideration of reinvestment of such interest, to pay principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes to maturity or redemption, has theretofore been deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer, as provided in
Section 8.05) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Issuer has paid all sums payable by it hereunder, or if: 
  
 (1) either (i) pursuant to Article Three, the Issuer shall have given notice to the Trustee and mailed a notice of redemption to
each Holder of the redemption of all of the Notes in accordance with the provisions hereof or (ii) all Notes have otherwise become or shall become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one (1) year
hereunder; 
  
 (2) the Issuer shall have
irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Trustee, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the
benefit of the Holders, U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as is, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, sufficient without consideration of
reinvestment of such interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest on the outstanding Notes to
maturity or redemption, as applicable; provided that from and after the time of deposit, the U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities, or the combination thereof, deposited shall not be subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt
pursuant to the provisions of Article Ten; 
  
 (3) no Default or Event of Default with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default resulting from borrowing of
funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a
party or by which it is bound; 
  
 (4) the Issuer
shall have paid all other sums payable by it hereunder; and 
  

 -93- 

 (5) the Issuer shall have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this
Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be. 
  
 The Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent
providing for or relating to the termination of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture have been complied with. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also state that such satisfaction and discharge does not result in a default
under the Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or instrument then known to such counsel that binds or affects the Issuer or any Guarantor. 
  
 (b) Subject to the next sentence and notwithstanding anything in Section 8.01(a), the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.05, 2.06,
2.07, 2.08, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.08. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the
Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive. 
  
 After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving
obligations specified above. 
  
 SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance
and Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 (a) The Issuer may, at its option
and at any time, elect to have either paragraph (b) or (c) below applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.03. 
  
 (b) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Issuer
and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are
satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter
be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.04 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations
under such Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have satisfied all of their obligations under the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer,
shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
  
 (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes issued hereunder to receive payments in respect of the
principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below; 
  
 (ii) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes issued hereunder concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or 

  

 -94- 

 
stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; 
  
 (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of
the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and 
  
 (iv) this Article Eight. 
  
 Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02(b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.02(c) hereof. 
  
 (c) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option
applicable to this paragraph (c), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.04,
4.05, 4.07 and 4.09 through 4.18 and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 are satisfied (hereinafter,
“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection
with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means
that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, Holdings may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference
elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof,
but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 hereof, clauses (3), (4), (5) (with respect to a Significant Subsidiary), (6) (with respect to a Significant Subsidiary), (7) and (8) of Section 6.01 hereof shall not constitute
Events of Default. 
  
 SECTION 8.03. Conditions to Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The following shall be
the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02(b) or 8.02(c) hereof to the outstanding Notes: 
  
 (a) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the applicable Notes issued hereunder, cash in U.S.
Legal Tender, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and
Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes issued hereunder on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular
Redemption Date; 
  

 -95- 

 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02(b) hereof, the Issuer has delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a
change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.02(c) hereof, the
Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant
Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (d) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date
of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings) or insofar as Events of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds
or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of deposit; 
  
 (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or
instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound; 
  
 (f) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring
Holders over other creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantors or others; 
  
 (g) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; and 
  
 (h) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (A) the trust funds will not be subject to any rights of holders of
Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, including those arising under this Indenture, and (B) the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of the preference provisions of Section 547 of the United States Federal Bankruptcy Code. 
  
 SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money. 
  
 The Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust U.S. Legal Tender or U.S.
Government Securities, deposited with it pursuant to this Article Eight, and shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender or the money from U.S. Government Notes, in accordance with this 

  

 -96- 

 
Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to invest said U.S. Legal Tender or U.S.
Government Securities, except as it may agree with the Issuer. 
  
 The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities, deposited pursuant to Section 8.03 or the principal and interest
received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 SECTION 8.05. Repayment to the Issuer. 
  
 Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the
Issuer’s request any U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities, held by it as provided in Section 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such
money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being
required to make any payment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that
after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer. After payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to such money
must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person. 
  
 SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities, in accordance with this Article Eight by
reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be
revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Eight until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities, in accordance with this
Article Eight; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes
to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities, held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  

 -97- 

 ARTICLE NINE 
  
 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 
  
 SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. 
  
 Subject to Section 9.03, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or
the Notes: 
  
 (1) to cure any ambiguity,
mistake, defect or inconsistency; 
  
 (2) to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 
  
 (3) to provide for the assumption by a successor company of the Issuer or a successor company of a Guarantor, as applicable, of the
Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Indenture; 
  
 (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder; 
  
 (5) to secure the Notes; 
  
 (6) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order
to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
  
 (7) to add a Guarantee of the Notes; or 
  
 (8) to release a Guarantor upon its sale or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other permitted release from its Guarantee; provided that such sale, designation or release is in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 provided that the Issuer has
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01. 
  
 SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders. 
  
 (a) Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, together, with the written
consent of the Holder or Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), may amend or supplement this
Indenture or the Notes without notice to any other Holders. Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03, the Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes may waive compliance with any provision of this
Indenture or the Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) without notice to 

  

 -98- 

 
any other Holders (except a default in respect of the payment of principal or interest on the Notes). 
  
 (b) Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of each
Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
  
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

  
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the
fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than, subject to clause (10) below, the provisions of Sections 4.09 and 4.13); 
  
 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of
interest on any Note; 
  
 (4) waive a Default or
Event of Default in the payment of principal, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
  
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 
  
 (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights
of Holders to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s
Notes; 
  
 (7) waive a redemption payment with
respect to any Note (other than, subject to clause (10) below, a payment required by one of the provisions of Section 4.09 or Section 4.13); 
  
 (8) make any change in the ranking or priority of any Note that would adversely affect the Holders; 
  
 (9) modify the Guarantees in any manner adverse to the
Holders; or 
  
 (10) amend, change or modify in
any material respect the obligation of the Issuer or Holdings, as applicable, to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control that has occurred or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer in respect of an Asset Sale
that has been consummated after a requirement to make an Asset Sale Offer has arisen; or 
  
 (11) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions. 
  

 -99- 

 (c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular
form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  
 (d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a
notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

  
 SECTION 9.03. Effect on Senior Debt. 
  
 No amendment of, or supplement or waiver to, this Indenture shall adversely
affect the rights of any holder of Senior Debt under the subordination provisions of this Indenture (including the provisions of Article Ten and Section 11.02 hereof) and the defined terms as used therein without the consent of such
holder or its Representative. 
  
 SECTION 9.04. Compliance with
TIA. 
  
 From the date on which this Indenture is qualified
under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
  
 SECTION 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
  
 (a) Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent
Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Note or
portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Issuer received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not
theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 (b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a Record Date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver which record date shall be at least 30 days
prior to the first solicitation of such consent. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such Record Date (or their duly designated proxies), and
only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such Record Date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such Record Date. The
Issuer shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed Record Date if applicable. 
  
 (c) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (11) of Section 9.02(b), in which case, the
amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a 

  

 -100- 

 
Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any
Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such
Holder. 
  
 SECTION 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

  
 If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a
Note, the Issuer may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Issuer shall provide the Trustee with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the
Issuer’s expense. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation
or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 SECTION 9.07. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc. 
  
 The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine; provided that the Trustee may, but
shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying
upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the
legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuer. 
  
 ARTICLE TEN 
  
 SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES 
  
 SECTION 10.01. Notes Subordinated to Senior Debt. 
  
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Issuer, for itself and its successors, and each Holder, by his or her acceptance of Notes, agrees that the payment of all Obligations owing to the Holders
in respect of the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article Ten, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the
holders of Senior Debt, of all Obligations on Senior Debt (including the Obligations with respect to the Credit Agreement that constitute Senior Debt, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred and including interest after the
commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not a claim for such interest would be allowed in such proceeding). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders may receive and retain Permitted
Junior Securities and payments and distributions made relating to the Notes from the trust established pursuant to Article Eight shall not be so subordinated in right of payment, so long as the conditions specified in Article Eight
(without any waiver or modification 

  

 -101- 

 
of the requirement that the deposits pursuant thereto do not conflict with the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Senior Debt) with respect to the
trust established pursuant to Article Eight are satisfied on the date of any deposit pursuant to said trust. 
  
 This Article Ten shall constitute a continuing offer to all Persons who become holders of, or continue to hold, Senior Debt, and such provisions
are made for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt and such holders are made obligees hereunder and any one or more of them may enforce such provisions. 
  
 SECTION 10.02. Suspension of Payment When Designated Senior Debt Is in Default. 
  
 (a) If any default occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period when payment is due, whether at maturity,
upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise, of any principal of, interest on, unpaid drawings for letters of credit issued in respect of, or fees or other amounts payable with respect to, any Designated Senior Debt (a “Payment
Default”), then no payment or distribution of any kind or character shall be made by or on behalf of the Issuer or any other Person on its or their behalf with respect to any Obligations on or relating to the Notes or to acquire, defease or
redeem any of the Notes for cash or assets or otherwise unless the default has been cured or waived; provided, however, that the Issuer may pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Issuer and the Trustee receive written
notice approving such payment from the Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Debt. 
  
 (b) If any other event of default (other than a Payment Default) occurs and is continuing with respect to any Designated Senior Debt (as such event of
default is defined in the instrument creating or evidencing such Designated Senior Debt) permitting the holders of such Designated Senior Debt then outstanding to accelerate the maturity thereof without further notice (except such notice as may be
required to effect such acceleration) (a “Non-payment Default”) and if the Representative for the respective issue of Designated Senior Debt gives notice of the event of default to the Trustee stating that such notice is a payment
blockage notice (a “Payment Blockage Notice”), then during the period (the “Payment Blockage Period”) beginning upon the delivery of such Payment Blockage Notice and ending on the earlier of the 179th day after such
delivery and the date on which (x) such Nonpayment Default with respect to such Designated Senior Debt has been cured or waived or ceases to exist, (y) all Designated Senior Debt with respect to which any such event of default has occurred and is
continuing is discharged or paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, or (z) the Trustee receives notice thereof from the Representative for the respective issue of Designated Senior Debt terminating the Payment Blockage Period (unless the maturity
of any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated or a Payment Default exists), neither the Issuer nor any other Person on its behalf shall (x) make any payment of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on or with respect to the
Notes or (y) acquire, defease or redeem any of the Notes for cash or assets or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) in no event shall a Payment Blockage Period extend beyond 179 days from the date the applicable Payment
Blockage Notice is received by the Trustee and (y) no new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice. For all purposes of this Section
10.02(b), no event of default which existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to 

  

 -102- 

 
the Designated Senior Debt shall be, or be made, the basis for the commencement of a second Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated
Senior Debt whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of
any financial covenants for a period ending after the date of commencement of such Payment Blockage Period that, in either case, would give rise to an event of default pursuant to any provisions under which an event of default previously existed or
was continuing shall constitute a new event of default for this purpose). 
  
 (c) The foregoing Sections 10.02(a) and (b) shall not apply to (x) payments and distributions made relating to the Notes from the trust established pursuant to Article Eight, so long as the
conditions specified in Article Eight (without any waiver or modification of the requirement that the deposits pursuant thereto do not conflict with the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Senior Debt and provided that the provisions
of this Article Ten were not violated at the time the deposits pursuant thereto were made) are satisfied on the date of any deposit pursuant to said trust and (y) payment in the form of Permitted Junior Securities. In addition, Holders may
also receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities. 
  
 (d) In
the event that any payment or distribution shall be received by the Trustee or any Holder when such payment or distribution is prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.02, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust
for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Debt (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amount of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their respective Representatives, as their
respective interests may appear. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on information regarding amounts then due and owing on the Senior Debt, if any, received from the holders of Senior Debt (or their Representatives) or, if such information is not
received from such holders or their Representatives, from the Issuer and only amounts included in the information provided to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Senior Debt. 
  
 (e) Nothing contained in this Article Ten shall limit the right of the Trustee or the Holders of Notes to take any
action to accelerate the maturity of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.02 or to pursue any rights or remedies hereunder; provided that all Senior Debt thereafter due or declared to be due shall first be paid in full in cash or Cash
Equivalents before the Holders are entitled to receive any payment of any kind or character with respect to Obligations on the Notes (and such Holders may receive such payments only to the extent then permitted to do so by Section 10.02(a)
and (b)). 
  
 SECTION 10.03. Notes Subordinated to Prior
Payment of All Senior Debt on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of the Issuer. 
  
 (a) Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuer of any kind or character, whether in cash, assets or securities, to creditors upon any total or partial liquidation, dissolution, winding-up,
reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshaling of assets and liabilities of the Issuer or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding relating to the Issuer or its assets, whether
voluntary or involuntary, all Obligations due or to become due upon all Senior Debt shall first be paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the holders of Senior Debt, 

  

 -103- 

 
before any payment or distribution of any kind or character is made on account of any Obligations on or relating to the Notes (except that Holders may
receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments from the trusts described in Article Eight), or for the acquisition, defeasance or redemption of any of the Notes for cash or assets or otherwise. Upon any such dissolution,
winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, receivership or similar proceeding, any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuer of any kind or character, whether in cash, assets or securities, to which the Holders or the Trustee under this
Indenture would be entitled, except for the provisions hereof, shall be paid by the Issuer or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Holders or by the Trustee
under this Indenture if received by them, directly to the holders of Senior Debt (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their respective Representatives, or to the trustee or
trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of Senior Debt remaining unpaid until all such Senior Debt has been paid in full in
cash or Cash Equivalents after giving effect to any concurrent payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of Senior Debt. 
  
 (b) To the extent any payment of Senior Debt (whether by or on behalf of the Issuer, as proceeds of security or enforcement of any right of setoff or
otherwise) is declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be paid to any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other similar Person under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, fraudulent
conveyance or similar law, then the Senior Debt or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred. 
  
 It is further agreed that any diminution (whether pursuant to court decree or otherwise, including for any of the reasons
described in the preceding sentence) of the Issuer’s obligation to make any distribution or payment pursuant to any Senior Debt, except to the extent such diminution occurs by reason of the repayment (which has not been disgorged or returned)
of such Senior Debt in cash or Cash Equivalents, shall have no force or effect for purposes of the subordination provisions contained in this Article Ten, with any turnover of payments as otherwise calculated pursuant to this Article
Ten to be made as if no such diminution had occurred. 
  
 (c)
In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuer of any kind or character, whether in cash, assets or securities, shall be received by the Trustee or any Holder when such payment or distribution
is prohibited by this Section 10.03, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Debt (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective
amount of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their respective Representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for
application to the payment of Senior Debt remaining unpaid until all such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, after giving effect to any concurrent payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of such
Senior Debt. 
  

 -104- 

 (d) The consolidation of the Issuer with, or the merger of the Issuer with or into, another corporation,
partnership, trust or limited liability company or the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer following the conveyance or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets, to another corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company
upon the terms and conditions provided in Article Five hereof and as long as permitted under the terms of the Senior Debt shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section if such
other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, assume the Issuer’s obligations hereunder in accordance with Article Five hereof. 
  
 SECTION 10.04. Payments May Be Made Prior to Dissolution. 
  
 Nothing contained in this Article Ten or elsewhere in this Indenture
shall prevent (i) the Issuer, except under the conditions described in Sections 10.02 and 10.03, from making payments at any time for the purpose of making payments of principal of and interest on the Notes, or from depositing with the
Trustee any moneys for such payments, or (ii) in the absence of actual knowledge by the Trustee that a given payment would be prohibited by Section 10.02 or 10.03, the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it for the
purpose of making such payments of principal of, and interest on, the Notes to the Holders entitled thereto unless at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which such payment would otherwise become due and payable a Responsible Officer of
the Trustee shall have actually received the written notice provided for in the first sentence of Section 10.02(b) or in Section 10.07 (provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders receiving any payments made in
contravention of Section 10.02 or 10.03 (and the respective such payments) shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of Section 10.02 and Section 10.03). The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of
any dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer, although any delay or failure to give any such notice shall have no effect on the subordination provisions contained herein. 
  
 SECTION 10.05. Holders To Be Subrogated to Rights of Holders of Senior
Debt. 
  
 Subject to the payment in full in cash or Cash
Equivalents of all Senior Debt, the Holders of the Notes shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Debt to receive payments or distributions of cash, assets or securities of the Issuer applicable to the Senior Debt until the Notes
shall be paid in full; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no such payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt by or on behalf of the Issuer, or by or on behalf of the Holders by virtue of this Article Ten, which
otherwise would have been made to the Holders shall, as between the Issuer and the Holders, be deemed to be a payment by the Issuer to or on account of the Senior Debt, it being understood that the provisions of this Article Ten are and are
intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders, on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Debt, on the other hand. 
  
 SECTION 10.06. Obligations of the Issuer Unconditional. 
  
 Nothing contained in this Article Ten or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Notes is intended to or shall impair, as among the Issuer, its
creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders, the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, 

  

 -105- 

 
to pay to the Holders the principal of and any interest on the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is
intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders and creditors of the Issuer other than the holders of the Senior Debt, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Holder of any Note or the Trustee on its behalf from exercising
all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, in respect of cash, assets or securities of the Issuer received upon the exercise of any such remedy. 
  
 SECTION 10.07. Notice to Trustee. 
  
 The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known
to the Issuer which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Article Ten, although any delay or failure to give any such notice shall have no effect on the
subordination provisions contained herein. Regardless of anything to the contrary contained in this Article Ten or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any default or event of
default with respect to any Senior Debt or of any other facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee unless and until the Trustee shall have received notice in writing from the Issuer, or from a holder of Senior Debt or
a Representative therefor and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee shall be entitled to assume (in the absence of actual knowledge to the contrary) that no such facts exist. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the
delivery to it of any notice pursuant to this Section 10.07 to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee thereof). 
  
 In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that any evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person
as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Ten, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amounts of Senior Debt held by such
Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article Ten, and if such evidence is not furnished the Trustee may defer
any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. 
  
 SECTION 10.08. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent. 
  
 Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuer referred to in this Article Ten, the Trustee, subject to the
provisions of Article Seven hereof, and the Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, dissolution, winding-up,
liquidation, reorganization or similar case or proceeding is pending, or upon a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other person making such payment or
distribution, delivered to the Trustee or the Holders, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Issuer, the amount thereof or
payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Ten. 
  

 -106- 

 SECTION 10.09. Trustee’s Relation to Senior Debt. 
  
 The Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be entitled to
all the rights set forth in this Article Ten with respect to any Senior Debt which may at any time be held by it in its individual or any other capacity to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt and nothing in this Indenture shall
deprive the Trustee or any such agent of any of its rights as such holder. 
  
 With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article Ten, and no implied covenants
or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt. 
  
 Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders or owners
of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice may be given to their Representative, if any. 
  
 SECTION 10.10. Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Issuer or Holders of Senior Debt. 
  
 No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Debt to enforce
subordination as provided herein shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Issuer or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Issuer
with the terms of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with. 
  
 Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from time to time, without the
consent of or notice to the Trustee, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article Ten or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders
of the Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt, or any instrument
evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the
payment or collection of Senior Debt; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Issuer and any other Person. 
  
 SECTION 10.11. Noteholders Authorize Trustee To Effectuate Subordination of Notes. 
  
 Each Holder by its acceptance of Notes authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may
be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, as between the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders, the subordination provided in this Article Ten, and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purposes, including in the event of any
dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer (whether in bankruptcy, 

  

 -107- 

 
insolvency, receivership, reorganization or similar proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of credits or otherwise) tending towards liquidation of
the business and assets of the Issuer, the filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of its Notes and accrued interest in the form required in those proceedings. 
  

If the Trustee does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in such proceeding prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time
to file such claim or claims, then the holders of the Senior Debt or their Representative are or is hereby authorized to have the right to file and are or is hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of said
Notes. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee or the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment
or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee or the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  
 SECTION 10.12. This Article Ten Not To Prevent Events of Default.

  
 The failure to make a payment on account of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes by reason of any provision of this Article Ten shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default. 
  
 SECTION 10.13. Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced. 
  
 Nothing in this Article Ten shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee
for its own account (other than payments of Obligations owing to Holders in respect of Notes) pursuant to other sections of this Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE ELEVEN 
  
 GUARANTEES 
  
 SECTION 11.01. Unconditional Guarantee. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of this Article Eleven, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, on a senior subordinated basis to
each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer or any other Guarantors
to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder: (a) (x) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or
repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise, (y) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) interest, if any, on the Notes (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in
bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) and (z) the due and
punctual payment and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and all other obligations 

  

 -108- 

 
of the other Guarantors (including under the Guarantees), in each case, to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder (including amounts due the
Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof), all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof (collectively, the “Guarantee Obligations”); and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such
other obligations, the due and punctual payment and performance of Guarantee Obligations in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when
due of any amount so guaranteed, or failing performance of any other obligation of the Issuer to the Holders under this Indenture or under the Notes, for whatever reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the
performance of, the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors thereunder in the
same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the Issuer. 
  
 Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver
or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a Guarantee is affixed to any particular
Note, or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court
in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of
the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and the Guarantee. The Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or to any Guarantor,
or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or such Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuer or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged,
shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) subject to this Article Eleven, the maturity of the obligations
guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of the Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (b)
in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of the Guarantee. 

 
 SECTION 11.02. Subordination of Guarantee. 
  
 The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee pursuant to this
Article Eleven shall be junior and subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of the applicable Guarantor Senior Debt on the same basis as the Notes are junior and subordinated to Senior Debt of the Issuer. For the
purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders shall have the right to receive or retain payments by any of the 

  

 -109- 

 
Guarantors only at such times as they may receive or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, including Article Ten hereof.

  
 SECTION 11.03. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

  
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder,
hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent
Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor (other
than a company that is a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) under its Guarantee pursuant to this Article Eleven shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and
fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such
other Guarantor under this Article Eleven, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  
 SECTION 11.04. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee for Future Guarantors. 
  
 To further evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each
Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.16 hereby agrees to execute a supplement to this Indenture or a Guarantee, substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto, and deliver it to the Trustee.
Such Guarantee or supplement to this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of each Guarantor by either manual or facsimile signature of one Officer or other person duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of each Guarantor who shall have
been duly authorized to so execute by all requisite corporate action. The validity and enforceability of any Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. 
  
 Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in
Section 11.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. 
  
 If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or a Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the
Note on which such Guarantee is endorsed or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s Guarantee of such Note shall nevertheless be valid. 
  
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Guarantee set forth in this
Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor. 
  

 -110- 

 SECTION 11.05. Release of a Guarantor; Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets of a Guarantor.

  
 (a) The Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released:

  
 (1) (a) (x) upon the sale, disposition or
other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of all of the Capital Stock (or any sale, disposition or other transfer of Capital Stock following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), or all or
substantially all the assets, of the applicable Guarantor in each case other than Holdings or Luxco, if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with Section 4.13(a) and (y) such Guarantor is released from its guarantee, if
any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (b) if Holdings designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in
accordance with Section 4.11 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary;” 
  
 (c) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary which after the Issue Date is required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section
4.16, upon the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each case, which resulted in the
obligation to guarantee the Notes; 
  
 (d) if the
Issuer (1) exercises its option under Section 8.02(b) or 8.02(c) or (2) discharges its Obligations under this Indenture in accordance with Section 8.01; or 
  
 (e) if such Guarantor is also a guarantor or borrower under the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue
Date and, at the time of release of its Guarantee, (x) has been released from its guarantee of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with the Credit Agreement, (y) is not an obligor under any Indebtedness (other than
Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (7), (9), (10) or (15) Section 4.10(b)) or, if a Guarantor other than Holdings, has not issued any shares of Preferred Stock and (z) does not guarantee any Indebtedness of the Issuer or
any of the other Guarantors. 
  
 The Trustee shall execute an
appropriate instrument prepared by the Issuer evidencing the release of a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee upon receipt of a request by the Issuer or such Guarantor accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel certifying as to the compliance with this Section 11.05; provided, however, that the legal counsel delivering such Opinion of Counsel may rely as to matters of fact on one or more Officers’ Certificates of the
Issuer. 
  
 (b) In addition, Holdings shall not permit any
Guarantor that is not a direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer to consolidate with, merge with or into any person (other than the Issuer or another Guarantor) and shall not permit the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or
substantially all of the assets of any such Guarantor unless, with: 
  
 (A)(1) either: (a) such Guarantor is the surviving Person; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized and 

  

 -111- 

 
existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States of America, the District of Columbia or Puerto Rico (such Person
being herein called the “Successor Guarantor”); 
  
 (2) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) assumes by means of a supplemental indenture all the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement;
and 
  
 (3) immediately after such transaction no
Default or Event of Default exists; or 
  
 (B)
the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.13(a). 
  
 Except as set forth in Articles Four and Five and this Section 11.05, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or
another Guarantor or shall prevent any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Guarantor to the Issuer or another Guarantor. 
  
 SECTION 11.06. Waiver of Subrogation. 
  
 Until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and
paid in full, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to exercise any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Issuer that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the
Issuer’s obligations under the Notes or this Indenture and such Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee and this Indenture, in any such instance including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution,
indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Holders against the Issuer, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including the right to take or receive
from the Issuer, directly or indirectly, in cash or other assets or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence
and any amounts owing to the Trustee or the Holders under the Notes, this Indenture, or any other document or instrument delivered under or in connection with such agreements or instruments, shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have
been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Trustee or the Holders and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of itself or such Holders to be credited and applied to
the obligations in favor of the Trustee or the Holders, as the case may be, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the
financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 11.06 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
  
 SECTION 11.07. Immediate Payment. 
  
 Each Guarantor agrees to make immediate payment to the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of all Guarantee Obligations owing
or payable to the respective Holders upon receipt of a demand for payment therefor by the Trustee to such Guarantor in writing. 
  

 -112- 

 SECTION 11.08. No Setoff. 
  
 Each payment to be made by a Guarantor hereunder in respect of the Guarantee Obligations shall be payable in the currency or
currencies in which such Guarantee Obligations are denominated, and shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature. 
  

SECTION 11.09. Guarantee Obligations Absolute. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 11.02, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any monies
or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by each Guarantor hereunder which may not be recoverable from such Guarantor on the basis of a Guarantee shall be recoverable from such Guarantor as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect
thereof. 
  
 SECTION 11.10. Guarantee Obligations
Continuing. 
  
 Subject to the other provisions of this
Indenture, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be continuing and shall remain in full force and effect until all such obligations have been paid and satisfied in full. Each Guarantor agrees with the Trustee that it shall from time to
time deliver to the Trustee suitable acknowledgments of this continued liability hereunder and under any other instrument or instruments in such form as counsel to the Trustee may advise and as shall prevent any action brought against it in respect
of any default hereunder being barred by any statute of limitations now or hereafter in force and, in the event of the failure of a Guarantor so to do, it hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee the attorney and agent of such Guarantor to make,
execute and deliver such written acknowledgment or acknowledgments or other instruments as may from time to time become necessary or advisable, in the judgment of the Trustee on the advice of counsel, to fully maintain and keep in force the
liability of such Guarantor hereunder. 
  
 SECTION 11.11.
Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced. 
  
 The obligations of
each Guarantor hereunder shall not be satisfied, reduced or discharged solely by the payment of such principal, premium, if any, interest, fees and other monies or amounts as may at any time prior to discharge of this Indenture pursuant to
Article Eight be or become owing or payable under or by virtue of or otherwise in connection with the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 11.12. Guarantee Obligations Reinstated. 
  
 The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which
would otherwise have reduced the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of the Issuer or by or on behalf of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the
insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. If demand for, or acceleration of the time for, payment by the Issuer or any other Guarantor is stayed
upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or such Guarantor, all such 

  

 -113- 

 
Indebtedness otherwise subject to demand for payment or acceleration shall nonetheless be payable by each Guarantor as provided herein. 
  
 SECTION 11.13. Guarantee Obligations Not Affected. 
  
 The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected, impaired
or diminished in any way by any act, omission, matter or thing whatsoever, occurring before, upon or after any demand for payment hereunder (and whether or not known or consented to by any Guarantor or any of the Holders) which, but for this
provision, might constitute a whole or partial defense to a claim against any Guarantor hereunder or might operate to release or otherwise exonerate any Guarantor from any of its obligations hereunder or otherwise affect such obligations, whether
occasioned by default of any of the Holders or otherwise, including: 
  
 (i) any limitation of status or power, disability, incapacity or other circumstance relating to the Issuer or any other Person, including any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment,
composition, dissolution, winding-up or other proceeding involving or affecting the Issuer or any other Person; 
  
 (ii) any irregularity, defect, unenforceability or invalidity in respect of any indebtedness or other obligation of the Issuer or any
other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other document or instrument; 
  
 (iii) any failure of the Issuer or any other Guarantor, whether or not without fault on its part, to perform or comply with any of the
provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or to give notice thereof to a Guarantor; 
  
 (iv) the taking or enforcing or exercising or the refusal or neglect to take or enforce or exercise any right or remedy from or against
the Issuer or any other Person or their respective assets or the release or discharge of any such right or remedy; 
  
 (v) the granting of time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the
Issuer or any other Person; 
  
 (vi) any change
in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, any of the Notes, or any other amendment, variation, supplement, replacement or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, any of the Notes or this Indenture, including any
increase or decrease in the principal amount of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes; 
  
 (vii) any change in the ownership, control, name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Issuer or a
Guarantor; 
  
 (viii) any merger or amalgamation
of the Issuer or a Guarantor with any Person or Persons; 
  
 (ix) the occurrence of any change in the laws, rules, regulations or ordinances of any jurisdiction by any present or future action of any governmental authority or court amending, varying, reducing or otherwise
affecting, or purporting to amend, vary, reduce 

  

 -114- 

 
or otherwise affect, any of the Guarantee Obligations or the obligations of a Guarantor under its Guarantee; and 
  
 (x) any other circumstance, including release of the
Guarantor pursuant to Section 11.05 (other than by complete, irrevocable payment) that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes or of a Guarantor in respect of its
Guarantee hereunder. 
  
 SECTION 11.14. Waiver. 

 
 Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 11.01, each
Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance hereof, notice of any liability of any Guarantor hereunder, notice or proof of reliance by the Holders upon the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, and diligence, presentment, demand for payment on
the Issuer, protest, notice of dishonor or non-payment of any of the Guarantee Obligations, or other notice or formalities to the Issuer or any Guarantor of any kind whatsoever. 
  
 SECTION 11.15. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Issuer. 
  
 Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce
or exhaust any rights or remedies against the Issuer or any other Person or any property of the Issuer or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Guarantors of their liabilities and obligations
under their Guarantees or under this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 11.16.
Dealing with the Issuer and Others. 
  
 The Holders,
without releasing, discharging, limiting or otherwise affecting in whole or in part the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor hereunder and without the consent of or notice to any Guarantor, may 
  
 (i) grant time, renewals, extensions, compromises,
concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Issuer or any other Person; 
  
 (ii) take or abstain from taking security or collateral from the Issuer or from perfecting security or collateral of the Issuer;

  
 (iii) release, discharge, compromise,
realize, enforce or otherwise deal with or do any act or thing in respect of (with or without consideration) any and all collateral, mortgages or other security given by the Issuer or any third party with respect to the obligations or matters
contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes; 
  
 (iv) accept compromises or arrangements from the Issuer; 
  
 (v) apply all monies at any time received from the Issuer or from any security upon such part of the Guarantee Obligations as the Holders may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to
time as the Holders may see fit; and 
  

 -115- 

 (vi) otherwise deal with, or waive or modify their right to deal with, the Issuer and all
other Persons and any security as the Holders or the Trustee may see fit. 
  
 SECTION 11.17. Default and Enforcement. 
  
 If any Guarantor fails to pay in accordance with Section 11.07 hereof, the Trustee may proceed in its name as trustee hereunder in the enforcement of the Guarantee of any such Guarantor and such
Guarantor’s obligations thereunder and hereunder by any remedy provided by law, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, and to recover from such Guarantor the obligations. 
  
 SECTION 11.18. Amendment, Etc. 
  
 No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Indenture relating to any Guarantor or consent to any
departure by any Guarantor or any other Person from any such provision shall in any event be effective unless it is signed by such Guarantor and the Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 11.19. Acknowledgment. 
  
 Each Guarantor, if any, hereby acknowledges communication of the terms of this Indenture and the Notes and consents to and approves of the same.

  
 SECTION 11.20. Costs and Expenses. 
  
 Each Guarantor shall pay on demand by the Trustee any and all costs, fees and
expenses (including legal fees on a solicitor and client basis) incurred by the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel or any of the Holders in enforcing any of their rights under any Guarantee. 
  
 SECTION 11.21. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. 

 
 No Guarantee shall operate by way of merger of any of the obligations of a
Guarantor under any other agreement, including this Indenture. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Holders, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes, shall
operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy,
power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges in the Guarantee and under this Indenture, the Notes and any other document or instrument between a Guarantor or the Issuer and the Trustee are cumulative and not exclusive of any
rights, remedies, powers and privilege provided by law. 
  
 SECTION 11.22. Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations. 
  
 The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Indenture are in addition to and not in substitution for any other obligations to the Trustee or to any of the Holders in relation to this Indenture or
the Notes and any guarantees or security at any time held by or for the benefit of any of them. 
  

 -116- 

 SECTION 11.23. Severability. 
  
 Any provision of this Article Eleven which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate
the remaining provisions and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction unless its removal would substantially defeat the basic intent, spirit
and purpose of this Indenture and this Article Eleven. 
  
 SECTION 11.24. Successors and Assigns. 
  
 Each
Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Guarantor and the Trustee and the other Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Guarantor may assign any of its obligations hereunder or
thereunder. 
  
 SECTION 11.25. Additional Amounts.

  
 If a Guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary or is a Puerto
Rican corporation is required by applicable law or by the interpretation or administration thereof to withhold or deduct any amount from any payment made under or with respect to its Guarantee for or on account of any present or future tax, duty,
levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) (hereinafter “Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of the government of the jurisdiction of
organization or incorporation of such Guarantor or any political subdivision or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax, or within any other jurisdiction in which such Guarantor is resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction
from or through which payment under its Guarantee is made (each a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), such Guarantor shall pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount
received by the Holders (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction shall not be less than the amount the Holders would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that the
foregoing obligation to pay Additional Amounts does not apply to (a) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary,
member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the mere receipt of such payment or the ownership or
holding of the Notes outside of the jurisdiction of organization or incorporation of the Guarantor); or (b) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge; nor shall
such Guarantor be required to pay Additional Amounts (1) if the payment could have been made without such deduction or withholding if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the Notes for payment within 30 days after the date on which such
payment or such Notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented on the last
day of such 30-day period), or (2) with respect to any payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on such Notes to any Holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to
the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such a partnership or the 

  

 -117- 

 
beneficial owner of such payment would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the
actual Holder of such Notes. 
  
 Upon request, the Issuer shall
provide the Trustee with official receipts or other documentation satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of the Taxes with respect to which Additional Amounts are paid. 
  
 The obligations described under this Section shall survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and
shall apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein. 
  
 ARTICLE TWELVE 
  
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 SECTION 12.01. TIA Controls. 
  
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by
the TIA, such required or deemed provision shall control. 
  
 SECTION 12.02. Notices. 
  
 Any notices or other
communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telex, by nationally recognized overnight courier service, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows: 
  
 if to
the Issuer or any Guarantor: 
  
 Warner Chilcott
Corporation 
 100 Enterprise Drive 
 Rockaway, NJ 07866 
 Attention: Izumi Hara, Esq. 
  
 Facsimile:  973-442-3310 
  
 with a copy to:

  
 Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP 
 767 Fifth Avenue 
 New York, NY 10153 
 Attention: Matthew D. Bloch, Esq. 
  
 Telephone: 212-310-8165 
 Facsimile:    212-310-8007 
  

 -118- 

 if to the Trustee: 
  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 213 Court Street, Suite 703 
 Middletown, CT 06457 
 Attention: Joseph P. O’Donnell 
  
 Telephone: 860-704-6217 
 Facsimile:    860-704-6219 
  
 Each of the Issuer and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person and the Representative under the Credit Agreement may designate additional
or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when answered back; when
receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the
addressee); and next Business Day if by nationally recognized overnight courier service. 
  
 Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to him by first class mail or other equivalent means at his address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently
given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed. All notices to the Holders shall be valid if published in The Wall Street Journal or such other English language daily newspaper with general circulation in the United States of America.
Any notice shall be deemed given on the date of publication or, if so published more than once on different dates, on the date of first publication. If publication as provided above is not practicable, notice shall be given in such other manner, and
shall be deemed to have been given on such date, as the Trustee shall approve. 
  
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it
is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
  
 SECTION 12.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders. 
  
 Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar
and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  
 SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
  
 Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: 
  
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be performed or 

  

 -119- 

 
effected by the Issuer, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
  
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, any
and all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
  
 SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
  
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officers’ Certificate required by Section 4.06, shall include: 

 
 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has
read such covenant or condition; 
  
 (b) a brief statement as to
the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed
opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and 
  
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided,
however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials. 
  
 SECTION 12.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar. 
  

The Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions. 
  
 SECTION 12.07. Legal Holidays. 
  
 If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no
interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
  
 SECTION 12.08. Governing Law. 
  
 This
Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. 
  
 SECTION 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
  
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its
Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  

 -120- 

 SECTION 12.10. No Recourse Against Others. 
  
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator, partner or stockholder of
Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, as such (and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any Guarantor), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes,
this Indenture, the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such waiver is against public policy. 
  
 SECTION 12.11. Successors. 
  
 All agreements of the Issuer and of the Guarantors in this Indenture and the
Notes shall bind its and their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor. 
  
 SECTION 12.12. Duplicate Originals. 
  
 All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall
represent the same agreement. 
  
 SECTION 12.13.
Severability. 
  
 In case any one or more of the provisions
in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any
way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law. 
  

 -121- 

  
 SIGNATURES 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly
executed all as of the date first written above. 
  

					
	 WARNER CHILCOTT CORPORATION

		
	By:	 	/s/    WILLIAM J.
POLL        
	Name:	 	William J. Poll
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President, Finance
	
	WARNER CHILCOTT HOLDINGS COMPANY III, LIMITED
		
	By:	 	/s/    WILLIAM J.
POLL        
	Name:	 	William J. Poll
	Title:	 	Treasurer
	
	WARNER CHILCOTT INTERMEDIATE (LUXEMBOURG) S.à r.l.
		
	By:	 	/s/    WILLIAM J.
POLL        
	Name:	 	William J. Poll
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory
	
	WARNER CHILCOTT (US), INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/    WILLIAM J.
POLL        
	Name:	 	William J. Poll
	Title:	 	Assistant Treasurer
	
	WARNER CHILCOTT COMPANY, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/    WILLIAM J.
POLL        
	Name:	 	William J. Poll
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President, Finance

  

 S-1 

					
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	/s/    JOSEPH P.
O’DONNELL        
	 Name:
	 	Joseph P. O’Donnell
	 Title:
	 	Assistant Vice President

  

 S-2 

  
 EXHIBIT A 

 
 [FORM OF INITIAL NOTE] 
  
 WARNER CHILCOTT CORPORATION 
 83⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 
  
 CUSIP No. 
 ISIN No. 

			
	 No.
	 	$[                    ]

  
 WARNER CHILCOTT
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer,” which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
[                ] dollars ($            ) on February 1, 2015. 
  
 Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1, commencing August 1, 2005.

  
 Record Dates: January 15 and July 15. 
  
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein,
which shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
  

 A-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly
authorized officers. 
  

			
	 WARNER CHILCOTT CORPORATION

		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

 A-2 

 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 
  
 This is one of the 83⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 described in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

									
	 Dated:
	 	 	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
					
	 	 	 	 	 	 	By:	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  

 A-3 

  
 (Reverse of Note) 

WARNER CHILCOTT CORPORATION 
  
 83⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 
  
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the
Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 SECTION 1. Interest. Warner Chilcott Corporation, a Delaware corporation (such corporation and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay
interest on the principal amount of this Note at 83⁄4% per annum from January 18, 2005 until maturity provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest
shall accrue on this Security at a rate of 0.25% per annum (increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum after each consecutive 90-day period that occurs after the date on which such Registration Default occurs up to a maximum additional interest
rate of 1.00%) from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured.1 The Issuer shall pay interest semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business
Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there
is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment
Date; provided further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be August 1, 2005. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from
time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any
applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30 day months. 
  
 SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons
who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on January 15 or July 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as
provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Issuer shall pay the 

	1	Insert if at the date of issuance of the Exchange Note any Registration Default has occurred with respect to the related Initial Note during the interest period in
which such date of issuance occurs. 

  

 A-4 

 principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at
the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“U.S. Legal Tender”). The principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for
such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, State of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Indenture; provided,
however, that, at the option of the Issuer, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the registry maintained by the Registrar or (ii) wire
transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds
to the accounts specified by DTC. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder shall be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with
a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than three Business Days immediately preceding the relevant due
date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
  
 SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or
Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any Affiliate may act in any such capacity. 
  
 SECTION 4. Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 18, 2005 (“Indenture”) among the Issuer,
the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the
“TIA”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture,
the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
  
 SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. (a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to February 1, 2010, at the option of the Issuer upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by
first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the
applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). 
  
 For purposes of the preceding paragraph, the following terms shall have the following definitions: 
  
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any
applicable Redemption Date, the greater of: 
  
 (1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and 
  

 A-5 

 (2) the excess of: 
  
 (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the Redemption Price of the Note at February 1, 2010
(such Redemption Price being set forth in the table appearing under paragraph (b) of this Section 5) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through February 1, 2010 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to such Redemption Date),
computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over 
  
 (b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note. 
  
 “Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption
date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption
date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to February 1, 2010; provided, however, that if the period
from such redemption date to February 1, 2010, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 
  
 (b) On or after February 1, 2010, the Notes shall be subject to redemption at
any time at the option of the Issuer, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal
amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2010
	  	104.375	%
	 2011
	  	102.917	%
	 2012
	  	101.458	%
	 2013 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 SECTION 6. Optional
Redemption upon Equity Offering. At any time prior to February 1, 2008, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving
effect to the issuance of Additional Notes), with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a Redemption Price equal to 108.750% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if
any, to the redemption date (provided that if the Equity Offering is an offering by Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, a portion of the net cash proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to 

  

 A-6 

 
redeem any such Notes is contributed to the equity capital of the Issuer); provided, however, that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount
of Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding Notes held by Holdings and its Subsidiaries) and (ii)
such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering (disregarding the date of the closing of any over-allotment option with respect thereto). 
  
 SECTION 7. Mandatory Redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, an offer to purchase pursuant to Section 8
hereof shall not be deemed a redemption. The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 8. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further
limitations contained therein, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 9. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the
redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if a notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a
satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal
amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to
accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
  
 SECTION 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as
provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted
by the Indenture. The Issuer or the Registrar is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer or the Registrar is not required to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of
Notes to be redeemed. 
  
 SECTION 11. Persons Deemed
Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  
 SECTION 12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (except a
payment default or in respect of a covenant or provision that cannot be modified 

  

 A-7 

 
without the consent of each affected Holder). Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the
Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with
the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights of any Holder of a Note. 
  
 SECTION 13. Defaults and Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and
is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of
Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the
Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee
may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, or the
principal of, the Notes or in respect of certain covenants set forth in the Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 14. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur
indebtedness or issue preferred stock, to create liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in
transactions with affiliates. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. Holdings must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations. 
  
 SECTION 15. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer,
employee, incorporator, stockholder of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, as such (and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any Guarantor), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor
under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release
are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such waiver is against public policy. 
  
 SECTION 16. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer. Subject to certain
limitations imposed by the Securities Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with Holdings, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if
it were not the Trustee. 
  

 A-8 

 SECTION 17. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent on the other side of this Security. 
  
 SECTION 18. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with
right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  
 SECTION 19. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. Pursuant to, but subject to the exceptions in,
the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer and the Guarantors, if any, shall be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Initial Note for a 83⁄4% Senior
Subordinated Note due 2015 of the Issuer which shall have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to this Initial Note (except that such note shall not be entitled to
Additional Interest and shall not include provisions with respect to transfer restrictions). The Holders shall be entitled to receive certain Additional Interest in the event such exchange offer is not consummated or the Notes are not offered for
resale and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.1  
  
 SECTION 20. Guarantees. The Notes
shall be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. The Guarantees are subordinated to the payment of Guarantor Senior Debt. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights,
limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders. 
  
 SECTION 21. Subordination. The Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior
Debt must be paid before the Notes may be paid. The Issuer agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give them effect and appoints the Trustee as
attorney-in-fact for such purpose. 
  
 SECTION 22. CUSIP
Numbers and ISINs. The Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  
 SECTION 23. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State
of New York. 

	1	This Section not to appear on Exchange Notes. 

  

 A-9 

 The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.
Requests may be made to: 
  
 Warner Chilcott Corporation

  
 100 Enterprise Drive 
  
 Rockaway, NJ 07866 
  
 Attention: General Counsel 
  

 A-10 

  
 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 (Insert assignee’s
social security or tax I.D. number) 
  

 (Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee) 
  
 and irrevocably appoint: 
  
 Agent
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

					
			
	 Date: ____________________________________
	 	 Your Signature: 
	 	  
	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee: 	 	 
	 	 	 

  
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

  
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-11 

  
 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT
PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by
the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box: 
  
 Section 4.09  ̈
                    Section 4.13  ̈

  
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased
by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount: $                     
  

					
			
	 Dated: ____________________________________
	 	 Signed: 
	 	  
	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee: 	  	 	  	 
	 	  	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)	  	 

  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee: 	 	 
	 	 	 

  
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

  
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-12 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] 
  
 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY 
  
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	Date of
Exchange

	 	Amount of decrease in Principal
Amount of this Global Note

	 	Amount of increase in Principal
Amount of this Global Note

	 	Principal Amount of this Global
Note following such decrease or
increase

	 	Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian

  

 A-13 

  
 EXHIBIT B 

 
 [FORM OF LEGEND FOR RULE 144A NOTES AND 
 OTHER NOTES THAT ARE RESTRICTED NOTES] 
  
 THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE
MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. 
  
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE
COMPANY, (II) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE WITH A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS
RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH
TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY
RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (VI) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE
HOLDER SHALL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE. 
  
 BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY THE HOLDER HEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (I) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY
SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE AND HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN 

  

 B-1 

 
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF PLANS,
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS OR OTHER ARRANGEMENTS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS
THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF SUCH PLANS, ACCOUNTS OR ARRANGEMENTS, OR (II) THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING
OF THIS SECURITY SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS. 
  

 B-2 

  
 [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR RULE
144A NOTES 
 AND OTHER NOTES THAT ARE RESTRICTED NOTES] 
  
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number) 
  

 (Print or type name, address
and zip code of assignee) 
  
 and irrevocably appoint: 

 
 Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may
substitute another to act for him. 
  
 [Check One] 
  
  ̈ (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A thereunder. 
  
 or 
  
  ̈ (b) this Note is being transferred other than
in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture. 
  
 If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the
Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.01 and 2.06 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied. 
  

									
					
	Date: 	 	____________________________________	 	 	 	Your Signature: 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee: 	 	 
	 	 	 

  
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

  
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 B-3 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY TRANSFEROR IF (A) ABOVE IS CHECKED 
  
 The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A
under the Securities Act, and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or certificated Note is being Transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial
interest or certificated Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the
meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, the Transferred beneficial interest or certificated Note shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated on the Rule 144A Notes or the certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

									
					
	Dated: 	 	____________________________________	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  

 B-4 

  
 EXHIBIT C 

 
 [FORM OF LEGEND FOR REGULATION S NOTES] 
  
 THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION
ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
  
 EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE SHALL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER SECURITY REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON
TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(3) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE
THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON-U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD,
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN A TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (III)
PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (III) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S
GLOBAL NOTE SHALL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE. 
  
 AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN A RULE
144A GLOBAL NOTE ONLY IF (1) SUCH EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE NOTES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A, AND (2) THE TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM
ATTACHED TO THE INDENTURE) TO 

  

 C-1 

 
THE EFFECT THAT THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS BEING TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON (A) WHO THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A, (B) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF A AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, AND (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. 
  
 AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR GLOBAL NOTE ONLY IF SUCH EXCHANGE
OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE NOTES TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN
ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION
IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 
  
 BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A
RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST
DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THE INDENTURE) TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S. 
  

 C-2 

  
 [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR
REGULATION S NOTE] 
  
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

  

 (Insert
assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number) 
  

 (Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee) 
  
 and irrevocably appoint: 
  
 Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  
 [Check One] 
  
  ̈ (a) this Note is
being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation S thereunder. 
  
 or 
  
  ̈ (b) this Note is being transferred other than
in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture. 
  
 If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the
Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.01 and 2.06 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied. 
  

									
					
	Date: 	 	____________________________________	 	 	 	Your Signature: 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee: 	 	 
	 	 	 

  
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

  
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be
determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 C-3 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY TRANSFEROR IF (A) ABOVE IS CHECKED 
  
 The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or
Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the
United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore
securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of
Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed Transfer is being made prior to
the expiration of the restricted period under Regulation S, the Transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an initial purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the Transferred beneficial interest or certificated Note shall be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated on the Regulation S Notes or the certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

  

									
					
	Dated: 	 	____________________________________	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  

 C-4 

  
 EXHIBIT D 

 
 [FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE] 
  
 Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend
(which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form: 
  
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.,
OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST
HEREIN. 
  
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE,
BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE
REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
  

 D-1 

  
 EXHIBIT E 

 
 Warner Chilcott Corporation 
 100 Enterprise Drive 
 Rockaway, NJ 07866 
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[            ] principal amount
of the 8 3⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Note”) of Warner Chilcott Corporation (the “Company”). 
  
 Upon transfer, the Securities shall be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 
  
 Name:                                     
    
  
 Address:                                    

  
 Taxpayer ID
Number:               
  
 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 
  
 1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a
view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in
the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
  
 2. We acknowledge that (a) neither the Company, nor the Initial Purchasers
(as defined in the Offering Circular dated January 13, 2005, relating to the Notes (the “Final Circular”)) nor any person acting on behalf of the Company or the Initial Purchasers has made any representation to us with respect to
the Company or the offer or sale of any Notes; and (b) any information we desire concerning the Company and the Notes or any other matter relevant to our decision to purchase the Notes (including a copy of the Final Circular) is or has been made
available to us. 
  
 3. We understand that the Notes have not been
registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or
otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company 

  

 E-1 

 
was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (i) to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, (ii) in the United States to a person whom we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (iii) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor purchasing for its own account or for the account of an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the Notes
of $250,000, (iv) outside the United States in a transaction complying with the provisions of Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (v) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if
available) or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each of cases (i) through (vi) subject to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or
accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale shall not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other
transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (iii) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the
Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for
investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination
Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee. 
  

					
			
	 TRANSFEREE: 
	 	 	 	,

  

 E-2 

  
 EXHIBIT F 

 
 Form of Certificate To Be Delivered 
 in Connection with Transfers  
 Pursuant to Regulation S  
  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association 
 213 Court Street, Suite 703 
 Middletown, CT 06457

 Attention: Joseph P. O’Donnell 
  
 Re: Warner Chilcott Corporation (“the Issuer”) 8 3⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) 
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 In connection with our proposed sale of
$[                    ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance
with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 
  
 (a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 
  
 (b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we
and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person
acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States; 
  
 (c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule
904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 
  
 (d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
  
 In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto,
we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(3), as the case may be. 
  
 The Trustee and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested
party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	[Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signature

  

 F-1 

  
 EXHIBIT G 

 
 FORM OF INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT TO ADD NOTE GUARANTORS 
  
 This Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
[                         ], 20     (this “Supplemental Indenture” or
“Guarantee”), among [name of future Notes Guarantor] (the “Guarantor”), Warner Chilcott Corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), each other then existing
Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below (the “Notes Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 
  
 W I T N E S S E T H: 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company, the Notes Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2005 (as amended,
supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 8 3⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 of the Company (the “Notes”); 
  
 WHEREAS, Section 4.16 of the Indenture provides that in certain
circumstances Holdings is required to cause certain of its Restricted Subsidiaries to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several
basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under the Indenture on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the Indenture; and 
  
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and
the Company are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder; 
  
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Guarantor, the Company, the other Notes Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
  
 ARTICLE I 
  
 Definitions 
  
 SECTION 1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used
herein as therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Guarantee shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf or for the benefit of such Holders. The
words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof. 
  

 G-1 

  
 ARTICLE II 
  
 Agreement to be Bound; Guarantee 
  
 SECTION 2.1 Agreement to be Bound. The Guarantor hereby becomes a
party to the Indenture as a Notes Guarantor and as such shall have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Notes Guarantor under the Indenture. The Guarantor agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the
Indenture applicable to a Notes Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Notes Guarantor under the Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 2.2 Guarantee. The Guarantor agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Notes Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and
irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Obligations on a senior subordinated basis as provided in Articles Ten and Eleven of the Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE III 
  
 Miscellaneous 
  
 SECTION 3.1 Notices. All notices and other communications to the Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantor, at its
address set forth below, with a copy to the Company as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Company. 
  
 SECTION 3.2 Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than
the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained. 
  
 SECTION 3.3 Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
  
 SECTION 3.4 Severability Clause. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction be ineffective to the extent
of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdictions shall not invalidate such
provision in any other jurisdiction. 
  
 SECTION 3.5
Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force
and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to
the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. 
  

 G-2 

 SECTION 3.6 Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental
Indenture in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
  
 SECTION 3.7 Headings. The headings of the Articles and the sections in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this
Supplemental Indenture and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 
  

 G-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of
the date first above written. 
  

			
	[GUARANTOR],
	as a Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
	 [Address]
	 	 
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
	
	 WARNER CHILCOTT CORPORATION

		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
	
	WARNER CHILCOTT HOLDINGS COMPANY III, LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
	
	WARNER CHILCOTT INTERMEDIATE
	(LUXEMBOURG) S.à r.l.
		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

 G-4 

			
	 WARNER CHILCOTT (US), INC.

		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
	
	 WARNER CHILCOTT COMPANY, INC.

		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

 G-5 

  
 EXHIBIT H 

 
 Guarantors 
  

			
	 Name

	  	 Jurisdiction of Incorporation

	 Warner Chilcott Holdings Company III, Limited
	  	Bermuda
	 Warner Chilcott Intermediate (Luxembourg) S.à r.l.
	  	Luxembourg
	 Warner Chilcott (US), Inc.
	  	Delaware
	 Warner Chilcott Company, Inc.
	  	Puerto Rico

  

 H-1Registration Rights Agreement dated Jan. 18, 2005

 Exhibit 4.2 
  
 EXECUTION COPY 
  
 $600,000,000 
  
 WARNER CHILCOTT CORPORATION 
  
 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 
  
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 January 18, 2005 
  
 Credit Suisse First Boston LLC 
 Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc. 
 J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 
     As Representatives of the Several Purchasers, 
 c/o Credit Suisse First Boston LLC 
     Eleven Madison Avenue, 
 New York, New York 10010-3629 
  
 Dear Sirs:

  
 Warner Chilcott Corporation, a Delaware corporation formerly
known as Warner Intermediate Company, Inc. (the “Issuer”), proposes to issue and sell to Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (“CSFBL”), Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
(“JPMorgan”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (collectively, the “Purchasers”), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement of even date herewith (the “Purchase Agreement”), U.S.
$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Initial
Securities”) to be unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) by the entities set forth in Schedule A hereto (the “Guarantors” and together with the Issuer, the “Company”). The Initial
Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2005, (the “Indenture”) among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The United
States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is herein referred to as the “Securities Act”. The United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is herein referred to as the “Exchange Act”. As an inducement
to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company agrees with the Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the Initial Securities (including, without limitation, the Purchasers), the Exchange Securities (as defined below) and
the Private Exchange Securities (as defined below) (collectively the “Holders”) and each Market-Maker (as defined below), as follows: 
  
 1. Registered Exchange Offer. The Company shall, at its own cost, prepare and, not later than 180 days after (or if the 180th day is not a business
day, the first business day thereafter) (such 180th day, or the first business day thereafter, being a
“Filing Deadline”) after the date of original issue of the Initial Securities (the “Issue Date”), file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement (the
“Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to a proposed offer (the “Registered Exchange
Offer”) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 7 hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such
Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities (the “Exchange Securities”) of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects to the Initial
Securities (except for the transfer restrictions relating to the Initial Securities and the provisions relating to the matters described in Section 7 hereof) that would be registered under the Securities Act. The Company (i) shall use its reasonable
best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 330 days (or 

  

 
if the 330th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) (such 330th day, or the first business day thereafter, being an “Effectiveness Deadline”) after the Issue Date of the Initial Securities and (ii) shall
keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders (such period being called the
“Exchange Offer Registration Period”). 
  
 If the
Company effects the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company (i) will be entitled to close the Registered Exchange Offer 30 days after such commencement (provided that the Company has accepted all the initial Securities theretofore validly tendered in
accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer) and (ii) will be required to consummate the Registered Exchange Offer not later than 40 days (or if the 40th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) after the date on
which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective (such 40th day, or the first business day thereafter, the “Consummation Deadline”). 
  
 Following the declaration of the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly
commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 7 hereof) electing to exchange the Initial Securities for Exchange
Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and has no arrangements or understanding with
any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt
without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States. 
  
 The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the
Securities Act, in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each Holder which is a broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act (a “broker-dealer”) electing to exchange Initial Securities, acquired for its own
account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Securities (an “Exchanging Dealer”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the
cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a
sale of any such Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) a Purchaser that elects to sell Private Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Initial Securities constituting any
portion of an unsold allotment is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in connection with such sale. All references in this Agreement to
“prospectus” shall, except when context otherwise requires, include any prospectus (or amendment or supplement thereto) filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement. 
  
 The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such
period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided, however, that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging
Dealer or a Purchaser, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days (or such shorter period during which such person is required by applicable law to deliver such prospectus) and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers and the Purchasers have sold
all Exchange Securities held by them (unless such period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, available to any broker-dealer or other person With similar
prospectus delivery requirements for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 180 days after the effective date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (or such shorter period during which such
persons are required by applicable law to deliver such prospectus). 
  

 2 

 If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Purchaser holds Initial Securities acquired
by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to such Purchaser upon the written request of such Purchaser, in
exchange (the “Private Exchange”) for the Initial Securities held by such Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects (including the
existence of restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several states of the United States, but excluding provisions relating to the matters described in Section 7 hereof) to the Initial Securities (the
“Private Exchange Securities”). The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively called the “Securities”. 
  
 In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

  
 (a) mail to each Holder a copy of the
prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 
  
 (b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice
thereof is mailed to the Holders; 
  
 (c) utilize
the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee; 
  
 (d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to midnight, New York time, on the last
business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and 
  
 (e) otherwise comply with all applicable laws. 
  
 As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall: 
  
 (x) accept for exchange all the Initial Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the
Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange; 
  
 (y) deliver to the Trustee for cancelation all the Initial Securities so accepted for exchange; and 
  
 (z) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of the Initial Securities, Exchange Securities or Private
Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Initial Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange. 
  
 The Indenture will provide that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all the
Securities will vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter. 
  
 Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Initial Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the
Initial Securities, from the Issue Date. 
  
 Each Holder
participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary
course of its business, (ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities, (iii) such Holder is not an
“affiliate,” as defined 

  

 3 

 
in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company or if it is an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities and (v) if such Holder is a
broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto
complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such
prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading. 
  
 2. Shelf Registration. If, (i) because
of any change in law or in applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission, the Company is not permitted to effect a Registered Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, (ii) for any other reason the Registered Exchange Offer is
not consummated within 370 days of the Issue Date, (iii) any Purchaser shall notify the Company following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer that the Initial Securities (or the Private Exchange Securities) held by it are not eligible
to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (other than an Exchanging Dealer) is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or, in the case of any Holder
(other than an Exchanging Dealer) that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer, such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Registered Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus, the Company shall
take the following actions (the date on which any of the conditions described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv) occur being a “Trigger Date”): 
  
 (a) The Company shall, at its cost, as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 30 days after the
Trigger Date (or if the 30th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) (such 30th day, or the first business day thereafter, being a “Filing Deadline”) file with the Commission and thereafter
shall use its reasonable best efforts to (x) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to clause (i) of the foregoing paragraph, no later than 330 days after the Issue Date (or if the 330th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) and (y) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to clause (ii),
(iii) or (iv) of the foregoing paragraph, no later than 90 days after the applicable Filing Deadline (or if the 90th
day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) (such 330th or 90th day, or the first business day thereafter, as the case may be, being an “Effectiveness Deadline”), cause to be declared effective
under the Securities Act a registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement” and, together with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Market-Making Registration Statement (as defined below), a
“Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 7 hereof) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance
with the methods of distribution set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement and Rule 415 under the Securities Act (hereinafter, the “Shelf Registration”); provided, however, that no Holder (other than a Purchaser) shall be
entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder. 
  
 (b) The Company shall use its best efforts to keep the Shelf
Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus included therein to be lawfully delivered 

  

 4 

 
by the Holders of the relevant Securities, for a period of two years (or for such longer period if extended pursuant to Section 30(j) below) from the Issue
Date or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement (i) have been sold pursuant thereto or (ii) can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, Without any limitations under
clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h) thereof). The Company shall be deemed not to have used its best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of
Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless such action is required by applicable law. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and
the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, amendment or supplement, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and
the rules and regulations of the Commission and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
  
 3.
Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration contemplated by Section 2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply:

  
 (a) The Company shall (i) furnish to each
Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that a Purchaser (with respect to any
portion of an unsold allotment from the original offering) is participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with
the Commission, such comments as such Purchaser reasonably may propose; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the
Exchange Offer” section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of
Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested by a Purchaser, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers, which shall contain a
summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the Commission with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act
of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such
positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Purchasers based upon advice of counsel (which may be in-house counsel), represent the prevailing views of the staff of the Commission; and (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement,
include the names of the Holders, who propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as selling security holders and who have provided in writing information required to be disclosed with respect to such Holders on a timely
basis. 
  
 (b) The Company shall give written
notice to the Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (which notice pursuant
to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made): 
  
 (i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any
post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; 
  

 5 

 (ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration
Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information; 
  
 (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; 
  
 (iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of
any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and 
  
 (v) of the happening of any event that requires the Company
to make changes in the Registration Statement or the prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. 
  
 (c) The Company shall make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement. 
  
 (d) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including
financial statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference). 
  
 (e) The Company shall deliver to each Exchanging Dealer and each Purchaser, and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at
least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if any Purchaser or any such Holder requests, all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated
by reference). 
  
 (f) The Company shall, during
the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration
Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling
Holders of the Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 (g) The Company shall deliver to each Purchaser, any
Exchanging Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Purchaser, if
necessary, any Exchanging Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the
prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
  

 6 

 (h) Prior to any public offering of the Securities, pursuant to any Registration
Statement, the Company shall register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the
securities or “blue sky” laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such
jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action
which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject. 
  
 (i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates
representing the Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request a reasonable period of time prior to sales of the
Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. 
  
 (j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare
and file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of the Securities or purchasers of Securities, the prospectus
will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the
Company notifies the Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the
prospectus have been made, then the Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any such Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus, and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section
2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 1 above shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Purchasers, the Holders
of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j). 
  
 (k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Initial
Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the
case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company. 
  
 (l) The Company will comply with all rules and regulations of the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the
Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section
11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the
Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period. 
  
 (m) The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”), in a timely manner and containing such changes, if any, as
shall be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification 

  

 7 

 
would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions
of the Indenture. 
  
 (n) The Company may require
each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for
inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company may exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. 
  
 (o) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements
(including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as any Holder of the Securities shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Securities pursuant to any Shelf
Registration. 
  
 (p) In the case of any Shelf
Registration, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of the Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent
retained by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and (ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and
auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably
necessary to enable such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the
Purchasers by you and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 5 hereof. 
  
 (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company, if requested by any Holder of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its
counsel to deliver an opinion and updates thereof relating to the Securities in customary form addressed to such Holders and the Managing Underwriters (as defined below), if any, thereof and dated, in the case of the initial opinion, the effective
date of such Shelf Registration Statement (it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include, without limitation, the due incorporation or organization and good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries; the
qualification of the Company and its subsidiaries to transact business as foreign corporations; the due authorization, execution and delivery of the relevant agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the due authorization, execution,
authentication and issuance, and the validity and enforceability, of the applicable Securities; the absence of material legal or governmental proceedings involving the Company and its subsidiaries; the absence of governmental approvals required to
be obtained in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the offering and sale of the applicable Securities, or any agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the compliance as to form in all material respects of such Shelf
Registration Statement and any documents incorporated by reference therein and of the Indenture with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, respectively; and, as of the date of the opinion and as of the effective date of
the Shelf Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment thereto, as the case may be, the absence from such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein, as then amended or supplemented, and from any documents
incorporated by reference therein of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of any such documents,
in the light of the circumstances existing at the time that such documents were filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act); (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates and updates thereof requested by any
underwriters of the applicable Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for 

  

 8 

 
which financial information is provided in the Shelf Registration Statement to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any
underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and
only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72. 
  
 (r) In the case of the Registered Exchange Offer, if requested by any Purchaser or any known Participating Broker-Dealer, the Company shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver to such Purchaser or such Participating
Broker-Dealer a signed opinion in the form set forth in Section 6(c)-(g) of the Purchase Agreement with such changes as are customary in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement and (ii) its independent public accountants and the
independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial information is provided in the Registration Statement to deliver to such Purchaser or such Participating Broker-Dealer a comfort letter, in customary form, meeting
the requirements as to the substance thereof as set forth in Sections 6(a) and 6(j) of the Purchase Agreement, with appropriate date changes. 
  
 (s) If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Initial Securities by Holders to the
Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or cause to be marked, on the Initial Securities so exchanged that
such Initial Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no event shall the Initial Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied. 
  
 (t) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to (a)
if the Initial Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Initial Securities, confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration Statement, or (b) if the Initial Securities were not previously rated, cause
the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered by such Registration Statement, or by the Managing
Underwriters, if any. 
  
 (u) In the event that
any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the
“Rules”) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”)) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof,
or otherwise, the Company will assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules, including, without limitation, by (i) if such Rules, including Rule 2720, shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent
underwriter” (as defined in Rule 2720) to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement relating to such Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated
by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of
underwriters provided in Section 6 hereof and (iii) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Rules. 
  
 (v) The Company shall use its best efforts to take all other
steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby. 
  

 9 

 4. Market-Making. 
  
 (a) For so long as any of the Securities are outstanding and either CSFBL or JPMorgan (each in such
capacity, a “Market-Maker”) or any of their respective affiliates (as defined in the rules and regulations of the Commission) owns any equity securities of the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their affiliates and
proposes to make a market in the Securities as part of its business in the ordinary course, the following provisions shall apply for the sole benefit of each Market-Maker: 
  
 (i) The Issuer shall (A) on the date that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or, if required hereby,
the Shelf Registration Statement, is filed with the Commission, file a registration statement (the “Market-Making Registration Statement”) (which may be the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement
if permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission) and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Market-Making Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the consummation of the Registered Exchange
Offer or the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable; (B) periodically amend such Market-Making Registration Statement so that the information contained therein complies with the requirements of Section 10(a) under the
Securities Act; (C) amend the Market-Making Registration Statement or amend or supplement the related prospectus when necessary to reflect any material changes in the information provided therein; and (D) amend the Market-Making Registration
Statement when required to do so in order to comply with Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; provided, however, that (1) prior to filing the Market-Making Registration Statement, any amendment thereto or any amendment or supplement to the
related prospectus, the Company will furnish to each Market-Maker copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of each Market-Maker and its counsel, (2) the Company will not file the Market-Making
Registration Statement, any amendment thereto or any supplement to the related prospectus to which any Market-Maker and its counsel shall reasonably object unless the Company is advised by counsel that such Market-Making Registration Statement,
amendment or supplement is required to be filed under applicable securities laws and (3) the Company will provide each Market-Maker and its counsel with copies of the Market-Making Registration Statement, the related prospectus and each amendment
and supplement thereto filed. 
  
 (ii) The
Company shall notify each Market-Maker and, if requested by such Market-Maker, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when any Market-Making Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment to the Market-Making Registration Statement or any
amendment or supplement to the related prospectus has been filed, and, with respect to any Market-Making Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (B) of any request by the Commission for any
post-effective amendment to the Market-Making Registration Statement, any supplement or amendment to the related prospectus or for additional information; (C) the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Market-Making Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or
the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purpose; and (E) of the happening of any event that makes any statement made in the Market-Making Registration Statement, the related prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto untrue
or that requires the making of any changes in the Market-Making Registration Statement, such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading. 
  
 (iii) If any event contemplated
by Section 4(a)(ii)(B) through (E) occurs during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Market-Making Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file with the Commission a post-effective amendment
to the Market-Making Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required document so that the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
  

 10 

 (iv) In the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Market-Making Registration Statement or of any order suspending the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use promptly their reasonable best efforts to obtain its withdrawal. 
  
 (v) The Company shall furnish to each Market-Maker, without
charge, (i) at least one conformed copy of the Market-Making Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto; and (ii) as many copies of the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Market-Maker may
reasonably request. 
  
 (vi) The Company shall
consent to the use of the prospectus contained in the Market-Making Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto by each Market-Maker in connection with its market-making activities. 
  
 (vii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 4, the Company may for valid business reasons, including without limitation, a potential material acquisition, divestiture of assets or other material corporate transaction, notify each Market-Maker in writing that the Market-Making
Registration Statement is no longer effective or the prospectus included therein is no longer usable for offers and sales of Securities; provided that the use of the Market-Making Registration Statement or prospectus contained therein shall
not be suspended for more than 60 days (whether or not consecutive) in the aggregate. Each Market-Maker agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to this Section 4(a)(vii), it will discontinue use of the prospectus contained
in the Market-Making Registration Statement until receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus relating thereto or until advised in writing by the Company that the use of the prospectus contained in the Market-Making Registration
Statement may be resumed. 
  
 (b) In connection
with the Market-Making Registration Statement, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by a representative of, and counsel acting for, each Market-Maker all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents
and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to have its officers, directors, employees, accountants and counsel supply all relevant information reasonably requested by such representative or counsel or
Market-Maker. 
  
 (c) Prior to the effective date
of the Market-Making Registration Statement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as each Market-Maker
reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by the Market-Making Registration Statement; provided that the Company
shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where they are not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject them to general service of process or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where they are
not then so subject. 
  
 (d) The Company
represents and agrees that the Market-Making Registration Statement, any post-effective amendments thereto, any amendments or supplements to the related prospectus and any documents filed by them under the Exchange Act will, when they become
effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, conform in all respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not, as of the effective date
of such Market-Making Registration Statement or post-effective amendments and as of the filing date of amendments or supplements to such prospectus or filings under the Exchange Act, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information
contained in or omitted from the Market-Making Registration Statement or the related prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Market-Maker specifically for inclusion therein, 

  

 11 

 
which information the parties hereto agree will be limited to the statements concerning the market-making activities of such Market-Maker to be set forth on
the cover page, in the “Plan of Distribution” and in the analogous sections of the Canadian wrapper, if any, of the prospectus (the “Market-Maker’s Information”). 
  
 (e) At the time of effectiveness of the Market-Making
Registration Statement and concurrently each time the Market-Making Registration Statement or the related prospectus shall be amended or such prospectus shall be supplemented, the Issuer shall (if requested by a Market-Maker) furnish such
Market-Maker and its counsel with a certificate of its President or any Vice President and a principal financial or accounting officer to the effect that: 
  
 (i) the Market-Making Registration Statement has been declared effective; (ii) in the case of an amendment to the Market-Making
Registration Statement, such amendment has become effective under the Securities Act as of the date and time specified in such certificate, if applicable; in the case of an amendment or supplement to the prospectus, such amendment or supplement to
the prospectus was filed with the Commission pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act specified in such certificate on the date specified therein; (iii) to the knowledge of such officers, no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Market-Making Registration Statement has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose is pending or threatened by the Commission; (iv) such officers have carefully examined the Market-Making Registration Statement and the
prospectus (and, in the case of an amendment or supplement, such amendment or supplement) and as of the date of such Market-Making Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as applicable, the Market-Making Registration Statement
and the prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
  
 (f) At the time of effectiveness of the Market-Making Registration Statement and concurrently with each time the Market-Making Registration Statement or the related prospectus shall be amended or such prospectus shall
be supplemented, the Company shall (if requested in writing by a Market-Maker) furnish such Market-Maker and its counsel with the written opinion of counsel for the Company reasonably satisfactory to such Market-Maker to the effect that (subject to
customary assumptions, qualifications and exceptions): 
  
 (i) the Market-Making Registration Statement has been declared effective; (ii) in the case of an amendment to the Market-Making Registration Statement, such amendment has become effective under the Securities Act as of the date and time
specified in such opinion, if applicable; in the case of an amendment or supplement to the prospectus, such amendment or supplement to the prospectus was filed with the Commission pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act
specified in such opinion on the date specified therein; (iii) to the knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Market-Making Registration Statement has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose is pending or
threatened by the Commission; and (iv) such counsel has reviewed the Market-Making Registration Statement and the prospectus (and, in the case of an amendment or supplement, such amendment or supplement) and participated with officers of the Company
and independent public accountants for the Company in the preparation of such Market-Making Registration Statement and prospectus (and, in the case of an amendment or supplement, such amendment or supplement) and has no reason to believe that
(except for the financial statements and other financial and statistical data contained therein as to which such counsel need express no belief) as of the date of such Market-Making Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as
applicable, the Market-Making Registration Statement and the prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated 

  

 12 

 
therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
  
 (g) At the time of effectiveness of the Market-Making
Registration Statement and concurrently with each time the Market-Making Registration Statement or the related prospectus shall be amended or such prospectus shall be supplemented to include audited annual financial information, the Company shall
(if requested by a Market-Maker) furnish such Market-Maker and its counsel with a letter of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (or other independent public accountants for the Company of nationally recognized standing) in form reasonably satisfactory to
such Market-Maker, addressed to such Market-Maker and dated the date of delivery of such letter, (i) confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable
requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-0 1 of Regulation S-X of the Commission and, (ii) in all other respects, substantially in the form of the letters delivered to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Sections 6(a)
and 6(i) of the Purchase Agreement, with, in the case of an amendment or supplement to include audited financial information, such changes as may be reasonably necessary to reflect the amended or supplemented financial information. 
  
 (h) The Company, on the one hand, and each Market-Maker, on
the other hand, hereby agree to indemnify each other, and, if applicable, contribute to the other, in accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement. 
  
 (i) The agreements contained in this Section 4 and the representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement shall
survive all offers and sales of the Securities and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancelation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party. 
  
 (j) For purposes of this Section 4, (i) any reference to the
terms “amend”, “amendment” or “supplement” with respect to the Market-Making Registration Statement or the prospectus contained therein shall be deemed to refer to and include the filing under the Exchange Act of any
document deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and (ii) any reference to the term “Securities” shall be deemed to refer to and include any securities issued in exchange for or with respect to such Securities. 
  
 5. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses
incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1 through 4 hereof (including the reasonable fees and expenses, if any, of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Purchasers, incurred in connection with the
Registered Exchange Offer), whether or not the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective, and, in the event of a Shelf Registration, shall bear or reimburse the Holders of the Securities covered
thereby for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel designated by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Initial Securities covered thereby to act as counsel for the Holders of the Initial Securities in connection
therewith. The Company will reimburse each Market-Maker for its expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Section 4 hereof (including reasonable fees of counsel). 
  
 6. Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless (x) each Holder of the Securities (including each Market-Maker), any Participating Broker-Dealer and each person, if any, who controls such Holder (including each Market-Maker) or such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act (each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred to collectively as the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities,
joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement
or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf 

  

 13 

 
Registration, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in
connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage
or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus
relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder or Market-Maker (the “Market-Maker Information”), respectively, and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of
such Holder or Market-Maker, respectively, specifically for inclusion therein and (ii) with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration
Statement, the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection (a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the Securities
concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating to such Securities was required to be delivered by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer under the Securities Act in connection with such purchase and any such loss, claim, damage or liability
of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer results from the fact that there was not sent or given to such person, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities to such person, a copy of the final prospectus if the Company
had previously furnished copies thereof to such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such
Indemnified Party and (y) each Market-Maker from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating
to purchases or sales of the Securities) that arise out of or are based upon any breach by the Company of its representations, covenants and agreements in Section 4 hereof. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, their officers and directors
and each person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders of the Securities if requested by such Holders.

  
 (b) Each Holder of the Securities (including each
Market-Maker), severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (“Controlling
Persons”) and any of the Guarantors or their respective directors, officers or Controlling Persons from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such person may
become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a
Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder or Market-Maker Information, respectively, and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder or Market-Maker, as the case may be, specifically for inclusion
therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company or any such person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such person in connection
with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company, the Guarantors or any of their
respective directors, officers or Controlling Persons. 
  
 (c)
Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against
the indemnifying party under this Section 6, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying 

  

 14 

 
party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been
materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an
indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to
participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the
consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such
indemnified party under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. In any such proceeding, any indemnified
party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the contrary;
(i) if the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; (iii) the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that
are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of
both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the
same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified patties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate
firm for any Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Purchaser shall be designated in writing by CSFBL, and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors and officers and any control persons of the
Company shall be designated in writing by the Issuer. Any such separate firm for a Market-Maker shall be designated in writing by such Market-Maker. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any
settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional
release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified
party. 
  
 (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section
6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the
indemnified party on the other from the exchange of the Securities, pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that
resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party or the Market-Maker
Information, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the
losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or 

  

 15 

 
defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6(d), the Holders of the
Securities (including each Market-Maker) shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the
amount of damages which such Holders (or such Market-Maker) have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, nor shall such Market-Maker be required to contribute any amount of
its commission from the market-making transactions at issue. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) ) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified
party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. 
  
 (e) The agreements contained in this Section 6 shall survive the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement
and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancelation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party. 
  
 7. Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances. (a) Additional interest (the “Additional
Interest”) with respect to the Initial Securities shall be assessed as follows if any of the following events occur (each such event in clauses (i) through (iv) below a “Registration Default”: 
  
 (i) any Registration Statement (other than a Market-Making
Registration Statement) required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the applicable Filing Deadline; 
  
 (ii) any Registration Statement (other than a Market-Making Registration Statement) required by this Agreement is not declared effective
by the Commission on or prior to the applicable Effectiveness Deadline; 
  
 (iii) the Registered Exchange Offer has not been consummated on or prior to the Consummation Deadline, or 
  
 (iv) any Registration Statement (other than a Market-Making Registration Statement) required by this Agreement has been declared effective
(A) such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective; or (B) such Registration Statement or the related prospectus ceases to be usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified herein
because either (1) any event occurs as a result of which the related prospectus forming part of such Registration Statement would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements
therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or (2) it shall be necessary to amend such Registration Statement or supplement the related prospectus, to comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the
respective rules thereunder. 
  
 Additional Interest shall accrue on the Initial
Securities over and above the interest set forth in the title of the Securities from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all such Registration Defaults have been cured, at a
rate of 0.25% per annum. 
  
 (b) A Registration Default referred
to in Section 7(a)(i) hereof shall be deemed not to have occurred and be continuing in relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a
post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit
Holders to use the related prospectus or (y) other material events, with respect to the Company that would need to be described in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the Company is
proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such 

  

 16 

 
Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus to describe such events; provided, however, that in any case if such Registration Default
occurs for a continuous period in excess of 30 days, Additional Interest shall be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from the day such Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured. 
  
 (c) Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to Section 7(a) above
will be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Initial Securities. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest Rate by the principal amount of the Initial
Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of
which is 360. 
  
 (d) “Transfer Restricted
Securities” means each Security until (i) the date on which such Transfer Restricted Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii)
following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer of an Initial Security for an Exchange Security, the date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date
of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf
Registration Statement or (iv) the date on which such Initial Securities is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act. 
  
 8. Rules 144 and 144A. The Company shall use its reasonable best
efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Initial
Securities or any Market-Maker, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Initial
Securities or any Market-Maker may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder or Market-Maker to sell Initial Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the
exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company will provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective purchasers of Initial Securities identified to the Company by the Purchasers upon request.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 8 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act. 
  

9. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten
offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (“Managing Underwriters”) will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer
Restricted Securities to be included in such offering. 
  
 No
person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons
entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

  
 10. Miscellaneous. 
  
 (a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not
be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities affected by
such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consents. The provisions of Section 4 may not be amended, modified or supplemented without prior written consent of each Market-Maker. 
  

 17 

 (b) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be
made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery: 
  
 (1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company; 
  
 (2) if to the Purchasers; 
  
 c/o Credit Suisse First Boston LLC 
 Eleven Madison Avenue 
 New York, NY
10010-3629 
 Fax No.: (212) 325-8278 
 Attention: Transactions Advisory Group 
  
 with a copy
to: 
  
 Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP 
 Worldwide Plaza 
 825 Eighth Avenue

 New York, NY 10019-7475 
 Fax
No.: (212) 474-3700 
 Attention: George A. Stephanakis, Esq. 
  
 (3) if to CSFBL as Market-Maker: 
  
 Credit Suisse First Boston LLC 
 Eleven Madison Avenue 
 New York, NY 10010 
 Fax No.: (212) 325-8278 
 Attention:
Transactions Advisory Group 
  
 with a copy to: 
  
 Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP 
 825 Eighth Avenue 
 New York, NY 10019-7475

 Fax No.: (212) 474 - 3700 
 Attention: George A. Stephanakis, Esq. 
  
 (4) if to JPMorgan as Market-Maker: 
  
 J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc. 
 270 Park Avenue 
 New York, NY 10017 
 Fax No.: (212) 270-1063 
 Attention: Timothy Collins 
  
 with a copy to: 
  
 Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

 825 Eighth Avenue 
 New York,
NY 10019-7475 
 Fax No.: (212) 474-3700 
 Attention: George A. Stephanakis, Esq. 
  

 18 

 (5) if to the Company, at its address as follows: 
  
 Warner Chilcott Corporation 
 100 Enterprise Drive 
 Rockaway, NJ 07866

 Fax No.: (973) 442-3283 
 Attention: General Counsel 
  
 with a copy to:

  
 Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP  
 767 Fifth Avenue 
 New York, NY 10153-0119

 Fax No.: (212) 310-8007 
 Attention: Matthew D. Bloch, Esq. 
  
 All such notices
and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient’s
facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
  
 (c) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into,
any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders or any Market-Maker herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. 
  
 (d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

  
 (e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
  
 (f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
  
 (g) Judgments. If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in dollars or any other applicable currency (the “Judgment Currency”) into a
different currency (the “Other Currency”), the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures Credit Suisse
First Boston, a bank organized under the laws of Switzerland (“CSFB”), could purchase the Judgment Currency with such Other Currency at the spot rate of exchange quoted by CSFB at 11:00 a.m. on the business day preceding that on
which final judgment is given (or such other rate as may be required by any applicable law), for the purchase of the Judgment Currency, for delivery two business days thereafter. 
  
 (h) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS. 
  
 The Company hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby. 
  

 19 

 (i) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application
thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired
thereby. 
  
 (j) Securities Held by the Company. Whenever
the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed
to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage. 
  
 (k) Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of
Immunities. By the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company (i) acknowledges that it has, by separate written instrument, irrevocably designated and appointed CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 (and
any successor entity), as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement that may be instituted in any federal or state court in the State of New York or brought under
federal or state securities laws, and acknowledges that CT Corporation System has accepted such designation, (ii) submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding, and (iii) agrees that service of process
upon CT Corporation System and written notice of said service to the Company shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit or proceeding. The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the
execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of CT Corporation System in full force and effect so long as any of the Securities shall be outstanding. To the
extent that the Company may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to
itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Each of Holdings, Luxco and WCCI (as defined in Schedule A hereto) will, as soon as practicable following
execution of this Agreement, irrevocably appoint CT Corporation System, as its authorized agent in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, and agrees that service of process
upon such agent, and written notice of said service to the Issuer, by the person serving the same to Warner Chilcott Corporation, 100 Enterprise Drive, Rockaway, New Jersey 07866, Attention: Izumi Hara, Esq., shall be deemed in every respect
effective service of process upon Holdings, Luxco and WCCI in any such suit or proceeding. Each of Holdings, Luxco and WCCI further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in
full force and effect for a period of seven years from the date of this Agreement. 
  

 20 

 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the
Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the several Purchasers and the Company in accordance with its terms. 
  

					
	 Very truly yours,

	
	 Warner Chilcott Corporation

		
	By:	 	/s/    ANTHONY D.
BRUNO        
	 Name:
	 	Anthony D. Bruno
	 Title:
	 	Executive Vice President, Corporate Development General Counsel and Secretary

  

					
	 Warner Chilcott Holdings Company III, Limited

		
	By:	 	/s/    ANTHONY D.
BRUNO        
	 Name:
	 	Anthony D. Bruno
	 Title:
	 	Vice President

  

					
	 Warner Chilcott Intermediate (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l.

		
	By:	 	/s/    ANTHONY D.
BRUNO        
	 Name:
	 	Anthony D. Bruno
	 Title:
	 	Authorized Signatory

  

					
	 Warner Chilcott (US), Inc.

		
	By:	 	/s/    ANTHONY D.
BRUNO        
	 Name:
	 	Anthony D. Bruno
	 Title:
	 	Vice President and Secretary

  

					
	 Warner Chilcott Company, Inc.

		
	By:	 	/s/    ANTHONY D.
BRUNO        
	 Name:
	 	Anthony D. Bruno
	 Title:
	 	Executive Vice President and Secretary

  

			
	The foregoing Registration
Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first
above written.
	
	 CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
LLC
 DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
 J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
 MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

	
	 Acting on behalf of
 themselves and as the
Representatives
 of several Purchasers.

		
	By:	 	 CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC

		
	By:	 	/s/    EDWARD M. YORKe        
	 Name:
	 	Edward M. Yorke
	 Title:
	 	Managing Director
		
	By:	 	 DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/    VIKRANT SAWBURY        
	 Name:
	 	Vikrant Sawbury
	 Title:
	 	Director
		
	By:	 	/s/    SEAN MAHANEY        
	 Name:
	 	Sean Mahaney
	 Title:
	 	Managing Director
		
	By:	 	 J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/    JAMES
MCHALE        
	 Name:
	 	James McHale
	 Title:
	 	VP

  

 SCHEDULE A 
  

Guarantors 
  

			
	 Name

	  	 Jurisdiction of
Incorporation

	 Warner Chilcott Holdings Company III, Limited
	  	Bermuda
		
	 Warner Chilcott Intermediate (Luxembourg) S.à r.l.
	  	Luxembourg
		
	 Warner Chilcott (US), Inc.
	  	Delaware
		
	 Warner Chilcott Company, Inc.
	  	Puerto Rico

  

 ANNEX A  
  
 Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus
in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning
of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial
Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this Prospectus
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.” 
  

 ANNEX B 
  
 Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities, where such Initial Securities were acquired
by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

  

 ANNEX C 
  
 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 
  
 Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus
in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial
Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or
supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                     ,
200[·], all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.(1) 
  
 The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their
own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such
methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities
and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. 
  
 For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to
this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other
than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. 

	(1)	In addition, the legend required by Item 502(e) of Regulation S-K will appear on the back cover page of the Exchange Offer prospectus. 

  

 ANNEX D 
  

	 ̈	CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO. 

  

					
	Name:	  	 	  	 
	Address:	  	 	  	 
	 	  	 	  	 

  
 If the undersigned is not a
broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange
for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00087-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00087-of-00352.parquet"}]]